# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # 何彬 , 2023 # liAnGjiA , 2023 # John Lin , 2023 # Jeana Jiang, 2023 # Raymond Yu , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jeffery CHEN , 2023 # Miao Zhou , 2023 # Mandy Choy , 2023 # Emily Jia , 2023 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2023 # Datasource International , 2023 # Gary Wei , 2024 # mrshelly , 2024 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # Chloe Wang, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-08 12:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "库存&MRP" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" msgstr "条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " "product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " "connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " "by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" "通过**Odoo条形码**，用户可以为单个产品和产品类别分配条形码，并使用这些条形码跟踪库存动态。连接条形码扫描器，可以通过扫描条形码触发特定的库存流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "`Odoo教程：条形码入门 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "日常作业" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " "always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " "adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " "recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" " Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" "在仓库中，数据库中记录的库存盘点可能并不总是与实际的真实库存盘点一致。在这种情况下，可以调整库存，以调节差异，确保数据库中记录的库存数量与仓库中的实际数量相符。在" " Odoo 中，*条形码* 应用程序可用于调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " "scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "这些调整可使用兼容 Odoo 的条形码扫描仪或 Odoo 移动应用程序实时完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " "Hardware page `_." msgstr "" "有关与 Odoo 兼容的条形码移动扫描仪以及 *库存* 和 *条形码* 应用程序的其他硬件列表，请参阅 `Odoo 清单 - 硬件页面 " "`_。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "启用条码应用程序" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " "**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " "*Inventory* app." msgstr "要使用*条形码*应用程序创建和应用库存调整，**必须**通过在*库存*应用程序的设置中启用该功能来安装。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`条形码` " "部分，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 选项旁边的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " "to save changes." msgstr "勾选复选框后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" "After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" " be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " "barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "保存后，在 :guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 选项下会出现一个新的下拉菜单，标有 :guilabel:`条形码命名法`，可选择 " ":guilabel:`默认命名法` 或 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`。每个命名法选项决定扫描仪在 Odoo 中如何解析条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " "and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" "还有一个 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` 内部链接箭头，以及一组用于打印条形码指令和条形码演示表的 :guilabel:`打印` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "在库存应用程序设置中启用条形码功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" " :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" "有关设置和配置 :guilabel:`条形码` 应用程序的更多信息，请参阅 :doc:`设置条形码扫描仪 <../setup/hardware>` 和 " ":doc:`激活 Odoo 中的条形码 <../setup/software>` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" msgstr "进行库存调整" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" " dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " ":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" "首先导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序 --> 扫描条形码` 面板，其中将显示不同选项，包括 " ":guilabel:`操作`、:guilabel:`库存调整` 和 :guilabel:`批量传输` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "" "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" " Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "要创建和应用库存调整，请单击屏幕底部的 :guilabel:` 库存调整` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" " :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "这样做会导航至 *条形码库存客户操作* 页面，在顶部标题部分标为 :guilabel:`库存调整`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." msgstr "带有扫描仪的条形码应用程序启动屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "" "To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " "current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " "adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "要开始调整，首先扫描*源位置*，即需要调整计数的产品在仓库中的当前位置。然后，扫描产品条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "" "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " "the quantity of that product in the adjustment." msgstr "可以多次扫描特定产品的条形码，以增加调整中该产品的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "" "If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " "database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " "scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "如果数据库中**未**启用仓库*多位置*功能，则无需扫描源位置。只需扫描产品条形码即可开始库存调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "" "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." msgstr "另外，也可点击产品线最右侧的 :guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 图标更改数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "" "Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " ":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " "quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" " well." msgstr "" "这样做会打开一个带有键盘的单独窗口。编辑 :guilabel:`数量` 行中的数字可更改数量。此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 " ":guilabel:`-1` 按钮可增加或减少产品数量，数字键也可用于增加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "" "In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " "was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " "`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " "units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" " by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" "在下面的库存调整中，扫描了源位置`WH/Stock/Shelf/2`，将其分配给该位置。接着，产品 [FURN_7888] Desk Stand " "with Screen 的条形码被扫描了3次，增加了调整中的数量。可以通过扫描其他特定产品的条形码，将其添加到此调整中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." msgstr "条形码库存客户端操作页面，可进行库存调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "" "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." msgstr "要完成库存调整，请单击页面底部带复选标记的绿色 :guilabel:`✅应用` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 msgid "" "Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " "validation of the adjustment." msgstr "应用后，Odoo 会返回到 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。右上角会出现一个绿色小横幅，确认调整已生效。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 msgid "Did you know?" msgstr "您知道吗？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "Odoo 的 *条形码* 应用程序提供带有条形码的演示数据，用于探索应用程序的功能。这些数据可用于测试目的，并可在应用程序的主屏幕上打印。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "" "To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " "click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " "Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" " above the scanner." msgstr "" "要访问此演示数据，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 并单击扫描仪上方信息弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`库存条形码表单` " "和 :guilabel:`库存指令`（以蓝色粗体高亮显示）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" msgstr "手动将产品添加到库存调整中" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "" "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " "*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." msgstr "当无法获得地点或产品的条形码时，仍可使用 Odoo *条形码* 执行库存调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "" "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" " --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "为此，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序 --> 条形码扫描 --> 库存调整`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "" "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " "Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "要在此调整中手动添加产品，请点击屏幕下方的白色 :guilabel:` ➕ 添加产品` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "" "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" " source location must be chosen." msgstr "这将跳转到一个新的空白页面，在此必须选择所需的产品、数量和来源地。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "" "First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " "stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " "product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " "clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " "quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " "well." msgstr "" "首先，单击 :guilabel:`产品` 行，选择需要调整库存数量的产品。然后，手动输入该产品的数量，方法是直接更改 :guilabel:`数量` " "行中的 `1`，或点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮来增加或减少产品数量。数字键盘也可用于添加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "" "Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " "`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " "locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " "this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "数字键盘下方是 :guilabel:`位置` 行，默认为 `WH/Stock`。单击该行可显示下拉菜单，选择库存调整的 :guilabel:`源位置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." msgstr "准备就绪后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "" "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "要应用库存调整，请单击页面底部带复选标记的绿色 :guilabel:`✅应用` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" " bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " "the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" "条码可用于各种不同情况。最为大家熟知的用例是在销售点批量销售产品时，顾客可自行称重，获取打印的条码并贴在产品上。这个条码包括产品重量，可用于计算价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "创建条码命名规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " "nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode `. To do so, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "Odoo支持条形码术语，它决定了编码信息的映射和解释。您可以将您的条形码术语配置为:ref:`开发者模式`。如需设置，请前往：菜单选项：`库存 --> 配置 --> 条形码术语`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "你可在此创建条码命名规则，然后添加一行创建你的首个规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "第一步是指定 **则名** ，例如，带3位小数的重量条码。然后，你需指定条码命名规则的类型，在本例中是已称重产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " "be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." " The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" " simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" "条码模式是定义条码结构的正则表达式。在本例中，21定义了将应用规则的产品，也是产品条码开头的数字。这5个“点”代表产品条码的后几位数字，用于识别有关产品。“N”代表整数部分，“D”代表小数部分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "该编码用于指定应用规则得出的条码编码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "你可定义不同规则并按顺序排定优先等级。系统将应用与扫描条码匹配的第一条规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "配置产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "产品条形码应以“21”开头。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "这5个“点”是产品条码的其他数字，用于识别产品；" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "如定义了D或N，条码中应包含0。在本例中，我们配置的是“21.....{NNDDD}”，因此需要5个零。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "在EAN-13中，最后一个数字是校验数，使用EAN13生成器可确定你的情况应是哪个数字。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " "receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " "create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" "如果你称了1.5千克的意大利面，你将打印出以下条码2112345015002。如在POS中扫描此条码，或在条码应用程序中接收产品时，Odoo将自动为该意大利面产品创建新的一行，数量为1.5千克。POS则将根据该数量计算价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "规则类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "**定价产品**：POS用于识别产品并指定价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " "discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " "product." msgstr "**打折产品**：可根据适用的折扣创建一个条码。然后，在POS中扫描产品，然后再扫描折扣条码，将基于产品的正常价格计算折扣。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "**称重产品**：POS（根据重量计算价格）和库存中用于识别产品及指定其重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "**客户**：用于识别客户，例如在忠诚度计划中使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "**收银员**：用于在进入POS时识别收银员。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "**库位**：在启用多个库位的情况下，用于识别调拨的库位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "**包裹**：在启用包裹功能的情况下，用于识别调拨的包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "**信用卡**：不需要手动修改，使用Mercury模型现有的数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "**单位产品**：用于在POS和调拨过程中识别产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "如条码样式包含.*，表明它可包含任意数量的数字字符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "GS1 条形码命名法" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates various product " "and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global " "Trade Item Numbers `_ (GTIN), " "purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce " "product listing." msgstr "" "`GS1术语`_将各种产品和供应链数据整合到一个条形码中。Odoo 接收企业购买的`唯一全球贸易项目编号" " `_ (GTIN)`，以实现全球运输、销售和电子商务产品清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17 msgid "" "Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify " "essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity " "information, and more." msgstr "配置 GS1 术语，以扫描密封箱的条形码并识别基本产品信息，如 |GTIN|、批号、数量信息等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from " "GS1 `_ to use GS1 barcodes." msgstr "" "|GTIN| 是唯一产品标识，必须从 GS1 `_购买才能使用 " "GS1 条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" "`所有 GS1 条形码`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Odoo 默认 GS1 规则`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr ":ref:`为什么我的条形码不起作用？ `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "设置条形码命名" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " "check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " ":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" "要使用 GS1 命名法，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后在 :guilabel:`条形码` " "部分，选中 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器`。然后，从默认条码命名选项中选择 :menuselection:`条形码命名 --> 默认 GS1 " "命名。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "从下拉菜单中选择 GS1，然后单击外部链接查看 GS1 规则列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43 msgid "" "The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is " "accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`条形码命名法`选项右侧的:guilabel:`➡️ (箭头)`图标，可查看 Odoo 默认支持的 GS1 *规则* 和 " "*条形码图案* 列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 " ":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the " "information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the " "corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`打开：术语表` 弹出式表格中，查看和编辑 Odoo 中可用的 GS1 :guilabel:`规则名称`。该表包含所有可浓缩为 " "GS1 条形码的信息，以及相应的:guilabel:`条形码图案`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's " "discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode `. Once " "enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 " "Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "将 GS1 设置为条码命名法后，还可通过启用 :ref:`开发者模式` 后可发现的隐藏菜单访问 " ":menuselection:`条形码命名法` 设置。启用后，导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 条形码命名法`" " 菜单，最后选择 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "在 Odoo 中使用 GS1 条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "" "For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a " "`unique GTIN `_ as an " "internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| " "is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated " "*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters " "must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems" " along the supply chain." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中使用 GS1 条形码进行产品识别时，企业会从 GS1 处获得一个 `唯一 GTIN " "`_，作为国际通用的产品标识符。该|GTIN|按照 GS1 " "指定的*条形码模式*与特定产品细节相结合。条形码图案的数字和字母排列必须符合 GS1 的规定，以便供应链上的全球系统准确解读。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "" "Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier " "`_ (A.I.). " "This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the " "barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as " "detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list `. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables " "Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a" " fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, " "have flexible length." msgstr "" "每个条形码都以一个 2-4 位数的 `应用标识符 " "`_ " "（A.I.）开头。这个必要的前缀普遍表示条形码包含何种信息。Odoo 遵循 GS1 规则识别信息，详见 :ref:`默认 GS1 规则清单 " "`。包含列表中的相关 |AI| 使 Odoo " "能够正确解释 GS1 条形码。虽然大多数条形码模式都有固定的长度要求，但某些模式（如批次和序列号）的长度灵活可变。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 " "barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode." msgstr "对于未置于 GS1 条形码末尾的弹性长度条形码图案，使用 FNC1 分隔符 (`\\\\x1D`) 来结束条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead " "of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, " "use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`." msgstr "" "举例说明： 批号条形码模式长度为 20 个字符。与其创建 20 个字符的批号条形码，如 `LOT00000000000000001`，不如使用 FNC1" " 分隔符使其更短： `LOT001/x1D`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " "and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " "` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to" " product information and configuring the workflow." msgstr "" "请参阅 :ref:`GS1 命名列表 `，查看所有条码模式和规则的综合列表。否则，请参阅 :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " "`，了解将 |GTIN| 组合到产品信息和配置工作流的具体示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`批量工作流程 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91 msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`非单位数量工作流程 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "创建规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98 msgid "" "GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, " "beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. " "Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list " "` auto-fills corresponding" " data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" "GS1 规则是条形码中包含的信息特定格式，以|AI|开头，包含规定长度的字符。扫描 :ref:`默认 GS1 " "清单` 中的 GS1 条形码，会自动将相应数据填入 " "Odoo 数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, " "non-standard GS1 formats." msgstr "在 Odoo 中添加 GS1 条形码规则可确保准确解释独特的非标准 GS1 格式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "" "To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. " "Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，首先打开:ref:`开发者模式` 并导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 " "--> 条形码命名法` 中的:guilabel:`条形码命名法` 列表。然后，选择:guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`列表项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." " The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " "classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " "product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " ":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " "smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " "the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " "based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法` 页面，选择表格底部的 :guilabel:`添加一行`，打开一个窗口以创建新规则。内部使用 " ":guilabel:`规则名称` 字段来标识条形码代表的内容。条形码 :guilabel:`类型` " "是系统可理解的信息分类（如产品、数量、保质期、包装、优惠券）。guilabel:`序列`表示规则的优先级；这意味着数值越小，规则在表格中出现的位置越靠前。Odoo" " 会按照此表的顺序排列，并使用根据顺序匹配到的第一条规则。`条形码模式` 是系统识别包含产品信息的字母或数字序列的方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "填写信息后，单击 :guilabel:`保存并创建`按钮，制定另一条规则，或单击:guilabel:`保存并关闭`，保存并返回规则表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "条形码故障排除" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "由于 GS1 条形码的使用具有挑战性，因此当条形码无法按预期工作时，可以尝试进行以下检查：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " "setup section ` for more " "details." msgstr "" "确保 :guilabel:`条形码命名法` 设置为 :menuselection:`默认 GS1 命名法`。跳转到 :ref:`命名设置部分 " "` 获取更多详情。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" " :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " "settings ` and :ref:`on the product " "`." msgstr "" "确保条形码中扫描的字段已在 Odoo 中启用。例如，要扫描包含批次和序列号的条形码，请确保在 :ref:`Odoo 设置 " "` 和 :ref:` 产品 ` 中启用 :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " "typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " "included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" "请省略括号`()`或括号`[]`等标点符号。这些通常用于示例以方便阅读，**不应**包含在最终条形码中。有关构建 GS1 条码的更多详情，请参阅 " ":ref:`本章节` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." " :ref:`This section ` details how to " "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" "当单个条码包含多个编码字段时，Odoo 需要在条码术语中列出所有规则，以便 Odoo 读取条码。 :ref:`本节 " "` 详细说明了如何在条码术语中添加新规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "" "Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure " "out which field is causing the issue." msgstr "逐个测试包含多个编码字段的条形码，找出导致问题的字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" "When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, " "start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot " "number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode." msgstr "测试包含 |GTIN|、批号和数量的条形码时，首先单独扫描 |GTIN|。然后，用批号测试 |GTIN| ，最后，尝试扫描整个条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154 msgid "" "After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules " "` to Odoo's default list to recognize " "GS1 barcodes with unique specifications." msgstr "" "诊断出编码字段未知后，:ref:`添加新规则 ` 到 Odoo " "的默认列表，以识别具有独特规格的 GS1 条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" " necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted " "correctly." msgstr "" "虽然新字段将被读取，但如果没有开发者进行定制，这些信息将无法链接到 Odoo " "中的现有字段。然而，添加新的规则是必要的，以确保条形码中的其他字段被正确解释。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "GS1 术语清单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " "`check digit `_ as the " "final character." msgstr "" "下表包含 Odoo 的 GS1 规则默认列表。条码模式以正则表达式编写。只有前三条规则需要将`校验数位 " "`_作为最后一个字符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "规则名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "条形码模式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1内容类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "Odoo 字段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "序列运输容器代码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package" msgstr "服务包" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "数值标识符" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package name" msgstr "包裹名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "全球贸易项目编号（GTIN）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "单位产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr ":guilabel:产品表单上的`条形码`字段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "所含贸易物品的 GTIN" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:3 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "包装" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "发往/交付至全球位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "目的位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "发货/交付以供转运" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Source location" msgstr "源位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "实际地点的ID" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "批次或批号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Lot" msgstr "批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "字母数字名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "包装规格日期 （年月日）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "包装日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Date" msgstr "日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "包装日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "此日期前最佳（年月日）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "在此日期前食用" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "在此日期前最佳" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "到期日期（年月日）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "到期日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "可变项目计数" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "数量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Measure" msgstr "测量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "容器的单位数量（AI 02）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "净重：千克（kg）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "数量单位千克（kg）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "长度单位米（m）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "数量单位米（m）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "净体积：升（L）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "数量单位升（L）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "净体积：立方米（m\\ :sup:`3`）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "数量单位立方米（m\\ :sup:`3`）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "长度单位英寸（in）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "数量单位英寸" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "净重/体积：盎司（oz）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "数量单位盎司（oz）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "净体积：立方英尺 (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "包装类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "包装类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Package type" msgstr "包裹类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode usage" msgstr "GS1 条形码使用" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10 msgid "" "GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can " "interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized " "globally `, allowing scanners to understand and " "process supply chain data consistently." msgstr "" "GS1 " "条形码提供了一种标准化格式，条形码扫描仪可对其进行解读。它们以全球公认的:ref:`特定结构`对信息进行编码，让扫描仪能够一致地理解和处理供应链数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product " "identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, " "picking, and shipping." msgstr "Odoo *条形码* 可解释和打印 GS1 条形码，在收货、分拣和发货等仓库操作中自动识别和跟踪产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes " "provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate " "certain warehouse workflows." msgstr "以下部分包含 Odoo 如何使用企业提供的 GS1 条形码来识别常见仓库物品并自动执行某些仓库工作流程的示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique " "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their " "existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also " "provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "Odoo **不会** 创建 GS1 条形码。企业必须从 GS1 购买唯一的全球贸易项目编号 （GTIN）。然后，可以将现有的 GS1 " "条形码与产品和供应链信息（也由 GS1 提供）结合起来，在 Odoo 中创建条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26 msgid "`Purchase GTINs `_" msgstr "`购买全球贸易项目编号 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature `" msgstr ":ref:`GS1 命名法 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32 msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots" msgstr "配置产品、数量和批次条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its " "quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and " "Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:" msgstr "要创建包含产品信息、数量和批号的 GS1 条形码，需要使用以下条形码模式和应用标识符 (A.I.)：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "A.I." msgstr "A.I." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo 中的字段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:78 msgid "Product" msgstr "产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "01" msgstr "01" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139 msgid "30" msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "地段编号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:41 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54 msgid "" "First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots " "` by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking " "the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` heading." msgstr "" "首先，:ref:`启用使用批次追踪产品 ` 通过导航至 " ":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并勾选 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 标题下的 " ":guilabel:`可追踪` 复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " "the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " "`_, which is a universally " "recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1." msgstr "" "然后，通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` " "中的预期产品表单并选择产品，设置产品条形码。在产品表单中，单击 :guilabel:`编辑`。然后，在 :guilabel:`一般信息` 选项卡中，在 " ":guilabel:`条形码` 字段中填写唯一的 14 位 `全球贸易项目编号 (GTIN) " "`_，为 GS1 提供的普遍认可标识号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, " "as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that " "contains detailed information about the package contents." msgstr "" "在产品表单中，对于 |GTIN| 产品条形码模式，请省略 |AI| `01`，因为它仅用于将多个条形码编码为一个条形码，其中包含有关包装内容的详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72 msgid "" "To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit " "|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product " "form." msgstr "" "要记录产品`富士苹果` 的 GS1 条形码，请在产品表单的 :guilabel:`条形码` 字段中输入 14 位数字 " "|GTIN|`20611628936004` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "在产品表格的条形码字段中输入 14 位 GTIN。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80 msgid "" "To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the " "Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the " ":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "column, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "要查看 Odoo 数据库中*所有*产品及其相应条码的列表，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 " ":guilabel:`条形码` 标题下，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器` 部分下的 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` " "按钮。在:guilabel:`条形码` 栏中输入 14 位的 |GTIN| ，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "从库存设置中查看产品条形码页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92 msgid "" "After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page," " specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under " ":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" "从设置页面激活按批次和序列号跟踪后，通过导航到产品表单上的 :guilabel:`库存` " "选项卡，指定在每个产品上应用此功能。在:guilabel:`追踪` 下，选择 :guilabel:`按批次` 单选按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "在产品表单的 \"库存\" 选项卡中按批次启用产品跟踪功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "扫描收据上的条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " "manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." msgstr "" "为确保在 Odoo 中对收货操作期间扫描的产品条形码进行准确的批次解释，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序以管理 " ":ref:`receipt picking process `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " "the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs " "(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " "created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" "从 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 面板，单击 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮，然后单击 :guilabel:`收据` " "按钮，查看要处理的供应商收据列表。从:abbr:`采购订单(PO)` 生成的收据已列出，但也可使用 :guilabel:`创建` 按钮直接通过 " ":menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序创建新收据操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " "product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" "在收据列表中，单击仓库操作（`WH/IN`），然后用条形码扫描仪扫描产品条形码和批号。扫描后的产品就会出现在清单上。使用 " ":guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 按钮打开一个窗口，手动输入特定批号的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to " "the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "下达 50 个苹果的:abbr:`采购订单（PO）`后，在*条形码*应用程序中浏览相关收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121 msgid "" "Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For " "testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty " "Fuji apples in Lot 2." msgstr "扫描包含 |GTIN|、数量和批号的条形码。为了使用条形码扫描仪进行测试，下面是第 2 批次中 50 个富士苹果的条形码示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129 msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" msgstr "批次号0002中 50 个富士苹果。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200 msgid "2D Matrix" msgstr "2D 矩阵" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 msgid "|AI| (product)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" msgstr "GS1 条形码（产品）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137 msgid "20611628936004" msgstr "20611628936004" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138 msgid "|AI| (quantity)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" msgstr "GS1 条形码（数量）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141 msgid "00000050" msgstr "00000050" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142 msgid "|AI| (lot)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144 msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)" msgstr "GS1 条形码（批号）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "完整 GS1 条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button to complete the reception." msgstr "" ":ref:`如果配置正确 `, `50/50` :guilabel:`单位` " "处理后将显示，并且 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮变为绿色。点击 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮完成接收。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "在 *条形码* 应用程序中扫描前台分拣页面上的产品条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160 msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity" msgstr "为产品和非单位数量配置条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "要创建包含以非单位数量（如公斤）计量的产品 GS1 条形码，可使用以下条形码模式：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "数量（公斤）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "310[0-5]" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "要确认数量在 Odoo 中得到正确解释，请使用适当的计量单位（:guilabel:`UoM`）在*采购*应用程序中下单购买产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`使用 UoMs 简化供应商单位转换 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" "下订单后，导航至 :menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序以 :ref:` 接收供应商货物 `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of " "peaches in kilograms." msgstr "在 *条形码* 应用程序中的收据上，通过扫描包含 |GTIN| 和以公斤为单位的桃子数量的条形码，接收`52.1 公斤`桃子的订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" msgstr "52.1 公斤桃子" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "52.1 公斤桃子的 GS1 条形码二维矩阵。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "00614141000012" msgstr "00614141000012" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" msgstr "|AI|（公斤，小数点后一位数）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "3101" msgstr "3101" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "000521" msgstr "000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" msgstr "0100614141000012 3101000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`" " button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "validation." msgstr "" ":ref:`如果配置正确`，`52.1 / 52.1` " ":guilabel:`kg` 则显示“52.1 / " "52.1”千克，并且:guilabel:`验证`按钮变为绿色。最后，按下:guilabel:`验证`按钮完成验证。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "扫描条形码屏幕，在条形码应用程序中进行接收操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223 msgid "Verify product moves" msgstr "验证产品移动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225 msgid "" "For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also " "recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" "为进一步核实，接收的产品数量也记录在 :guilabel:`产品移动` 报告中，可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告" " --> 产品移动` 访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" " its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" " for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " "reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " "scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`产品移动`报告中的项目默认按产品分组。要确认收到的数量，请单击产品系列，打开其折叠式下拉菜单，显示该产品的*库存移动系列*列表。最新的库存移动与仓库接收参考编号（如" " `WH/IN/00013`）和条形码扫描中处理的数量相匹配，表明在*条形码*应用程序中处理的记录已正确存储在*库存*中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "创下了 52.1 公斤桃子的库存记录。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "使用条形码处理收据和交付货物" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " "types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " "app." msgstr "*条形码*应用程序可用于使用条码扫描仪或 Odoo 移动应用程序，实时处理收据、交付和其他类型的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" "This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " "they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " "computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " "barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" "这样就可以在仓库发生操作时对其进行处理，而不必等待计算机对传输进行验证。通过这种方式处理业务有助于将条形码正确归属到相应的产品、拣选、位置等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " "enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "要使用 *条形码* 应用程序处理转账，必须在 *库存* 应用程序的设置中启用该功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`条形码` " "部分，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器` 功能旁边的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" "Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" "页面刷新后，:guilabel:`条码扫描仪`功能下将显示新选项：:guilabel:`条码命名法`（有相应的下拉菜单），可选择:guilabel:`默认命名法`或:guilabel:`默认" " GS1 命名法`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " "barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" "还有一个 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` 内部链接箭头和一组 :guilabel:`打印` 按钮，用于打印条形码命令和条形码演示表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" "For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" " the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " ":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " "pages." msgstr "" "有关设置和配置 :guilabel:`条形码` 应用程序的更多信息，请参阅 :doc:`设置条形码扫描仪 <../setup/hardware>` 和 " ":doc:`激活 Odoo 中的条形码 <../setup/software>` 文档页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" msgstr "扫描收据条形码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" "To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" " a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "要处理入库产品的仓库收据，首先需要创建采购订单 (PO)，并处理收据操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " "quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" "要创建一个:abbr:`PO（采购订单）`，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 创建` 以创建一个新的报价单（RFQ）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" " menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" "在空白的:abbr:`RFQ（询价）`表单中，单击 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段旁边的下拉菜单，添加供应商。然后，在 " ":guilabel:`产品` 标签下的 :guilabel:`产品` 行，单击 :guilabel:`添加产品`，选择要添加到报价单中的所需产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" " to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "准备就绪后，单击表单顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，然后单击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，将 :abbr:`RFQ（询价）'确认为 " ":abbr:`PO（采购订单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "完成条形码产品采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "要处理和扫描仓库收据的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" " on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " "navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" "进入 :guilabel:`条形码应用程序` 后，会出现一个显示不同选项的 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。要处理收据，请单击屏幕底部的 " ":guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :menuselection:`操作` 概览页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " "select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " "barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" "在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`收据` 卡，并单击 :guilabel:`# 待处理` " "按钮，查看所有未处理的收据。然后，选择要处理的收据操作。这将导航到条形码传输屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 msgid "" "If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " "each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " "processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " "transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " "well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " "with the stock moves." msgstr "" "如果*只*使用条形码扫描器或 Odoo " "移动应用程序，可以轻松扫描相应操作类型的每次调拨所需的条形码进行处理。一旦扫描完成，可以继续扫描已存在调拨中的产品，并添加新的产品到调拨中。当所有产品都被扫描后，验证调拨以进行库存移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " "options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " "products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" " be validated at once." msgstr "" "在该屏幕上，将显示在该转账（**WH/IN/000XX**）中要处理的所有收据的概览。屏幕底部有 :guilabel:`添加产品` 或 " ":guilabel:`验证` 选项，这取决于是否需要在操作中添加产品，或是否需要一次性验证整个操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." msgstr "扫描传输中的收据概览。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " "clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " "can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" "要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+#` 按钮（本例中为 " ":guilabel:`+10`）表示收到该产品，或点击 :guilabel:`铅笔` 图标打开新屏幕编辑该产品系列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "在此屏幕中，将列出正在接收的产品。在产品名称下，:guilabel:`数量`行可以编辑。将该行中的`0`改为所需的数量，或点击 " ":guilabel:`/# 单元` 按钮（本例中为 :guilabel:`/10 单元`），自动填写从 :abbr:`PO（采购订单）` 中订购的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 msgid "" "In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " "Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " ":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " "the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " ":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." msgstr "" "在接收操作`WH/IN/00019`中，预计将接收`条码产品`的`10 个单位`。`[BARCODE_PROD]`是产品表单上设置的 " ":guilabel:`内部参考`。扫描`条形码产品`的条形码以接收一个单位。然后，点击 :guilabel:`铅笔` 图标，手动输入收到的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." msgstr "产品线编辑器，可在条形码应用程序中进行单独传输。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " "can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" "此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮可添加或减少产品数量，还可使用 :guilabel:`数字键` " "添加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " "product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " "locations to choose from." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`数字键` 下方是 :guilabel:`位置` 行，默认为 " "`WH/Stock`，除非产品本身列出了其他*位置*。点击该行可显示一个下拉菜单，其中有更多位置供您选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " "product line." msgstr "准备就绪后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认对产品系列所做的更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " "closed out." msgstr "" "然后，在包含该转账（**WH/IN/000XX**）中要处理的所有收据的概览页面中，点击收据产品线上的 :guilabel:`+#` 按钮，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`验证`。收据现已处理完毕，可关闭 :guilabel:`条码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 msgid "" "To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " "be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." msgstr "要处理出库产品的仓库交付，首先需要创建一个销售订单（SO），并处理一个交付操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "要创建一个:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建` 以创建一个新的报价单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 msgid "" "From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " ":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" "在空白报价表中，单击 :guilabel:`客户` " "字段旁边的下拉菜单，添加客户。然后，在:guilabel:`订单行'选项卡下的:guilabel:`产品`行，单击:guilabel:`添加产品`，选择要添加到报价单的所需产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " "order)`." msgstr "" "准备就绪后，单击表单顶部的:guilabel:`保存`，然后单击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，将报价确认为:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." msgstr "完成条形码产品销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "要处理和扫描仓库交货的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " "click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" " navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" "进入 :guilabel:`条形码应用程序` 后，会出现一个显示不同选项的 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。要处理交货，请单击屏幕底部的 " ":guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :guilabel:`操作` 概览页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " "select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " "transfer screen." msgstr "" "在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`送货订单` 卡，然后单击 :guilabel:`#待处理` " "按钮，查看所有未处理的送货单。然后，选择需要处理的交货单。这将导航到条形码传输屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." msgstr "条形码应用程序仪表板中的操作概览页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" " options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" " products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " "should be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " "product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " "to edit that product line." msgstr "" "要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+1` 按钮，表示已交付该产品，或点击 " ":guilabel:`铅笔图标`，打开新屏幕编辑该产品系列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" "在此屏幕中，将列出正在交付的产品。在产品名称下，可以编辑 :guilabel:`数量` 行。将该行中的`0`改为所需的数量，或点击 " ":guilabel:`/# Units` 按钮（本例中为 :guilabel:`/10 Units`），自动填写从 :abbr:`SO （销售订单）` " "中订购的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " "product itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 msgid "" "This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " "Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" " from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 msgid "" "For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " "rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " "operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" " products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " "numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" "compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" "*条形码*应用程序可用于处理所有类型产品的内部转账，包括使用批号或序列号追踪的产品转账。可使用与 Odoo 兼容的条形码扫描仪或 Odoo " "移动应用程序实时创建转让。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "" "有关与 Odoo 兼容的条形码移动扫描仪以及 *库存* 应用程序的其他硬件列表，请参阅 `Odoo 库存 - 硬件页面 " "`_。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 msgid "" "When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " "nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "页面刷新后，:guilabel:`条码扫描仪`功能下将显示新选项：:guilabel:`条码命名法`（有相应的下拉菜单），可选择:guilabel:`默认命名法`或:guilabel:`默认" " GS1 命名法`。所选术语将改变扫描仪在 Odoo 中如何解析条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" msgstr "扫描条形码进行内部调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 msgid "" "To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " "**must** be enabled." msgstr "要创建和处理仓库中产品的内部转移，必须启用 :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" " the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`仓库` " "部分，点击 :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 旁边的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." msgstr "然后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "创建内部调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 msgid "" "To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " "transfer created, and an operation to process." msgstr "要处理现有的内部调拨，首先需要创建一个内部调拨，并进行相应的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 msgid "" "To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " "Process` button." msgstr "" "要创建内部转账，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序`。在 :guilabel:`库存概览` 面板中，找到 " ":guilabel:`内部转移` 卡，然后点击 :guilabel:`0 待处理` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " "navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." msgstr "然后，点击结果页面左上角的 :guilabel:`创建`。这将导航到一个新的 :guilabel:`内部转移` 表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 msgid "" "On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " "as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " "Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " "the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" "在此空白表单中，:guilabel:`操作类型` " "自动列为:guilabel:`内部转账`。在该字段下，:guilabel:`源位置`和:guilabel:`目的地位置`默认设置为:guilabel:`WH/Stock`，但也可更改为产品从哪个位置转移和转移到哪个位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "" "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." msgstr "空白内部转账表格，注明来源地和目的地。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 msgid "" "Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " "transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " "tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " "add to the transfer." msgstr "" "一旦选择了所需的位置，就可以将产品添加到调拨中。在 :guilabel:`产品` 标签下的 :guilabel:`产品` 行，单击 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`，然后选择要添加到传输中的所需产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " "internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " "the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " "moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " "quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" msgstr "扫描条形码进行内部调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "要处理和扫描用于内部调拨的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 msgid "" "To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" " the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " "overview page." msgstr "要处理内部调拨，请单击屏幕底部的 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :menuselection:`操作` 概览页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " "the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " "transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " "the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" "在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`内部调拨` 卡，点击 :guilabel:`# To Process` " "按钮，查看所有未完成的内部转账。然后，选择需要处理的操作。这将导航到条形码转账屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 msgid "" "When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " "a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" " a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." msgstr "" "在不使用*库存*应用程序的情况下（**仅**使用条形码扫描仪或 Odoo " "移动应用程序），可以使用*条形码*应用来轻松扫描每个相应操作类型的调拨条码以进行处理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 msgid "" "Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " "scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " "products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " "moves." msgstr "扫描完成后，可以扫描现有转移中的产品，也可以将新产品添加到转移中。扫描完所有产品后，验证转移以继续进行库存移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" " screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " ":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " "operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" "在该屏幕上，将显示该特定内部调拨（**WH/INT/000XX**）中要处理的所有产品的概览。屏幕底部有 :guilabel:`添加产品` 或 " ":guilabel:`验证` 选项，这取决于是否需要将产品添加到操作中，或是否需要一次性验证整个操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." msgstr "然后，扫描产品的条形码，处理内部调拨。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 msgid "" "Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" " line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " "of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " "clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" "或者，要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+ 1` 按钮，可在传输中增加该产品的数量，或点击 " ":guilabel:`铅笔图标`，可打开一个新屏幕编辑该产品系列。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " "displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " "the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" "在产品的弹出窗口中，产品和要处理的单位用数字键盘显示。在产品名称下，:guilabel:`数量`行可以编辑。将该行中的数字改为内部传送表中列出的传送数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 msgid "" "In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " "`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " "`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " "form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " "Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " "transferred quantities." msgstr "" "在内部调拨操作 `WH/INT/000XX` 中，从 WH/Stock 移动了 50 个单位的转移产品到 `WH/Stock/Shelf " "1`。`[TRANSFER_PROD]`是设置在产品表单上的:guilabel:`内部参考`。扫描转移产品的条码以接收一个单位。之后，点击:guilabel:`铅笔图标`手动输入已调拨的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " "to add quantity, as well." msgstr "此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮可添加或减少产品数量，数字键也可用于添加数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 msgid "" "Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " "whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," " in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" " a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" "在数字键的下方有两个:guilabel:`位置`行，显示了之前在内部调拨表单中指定的位置，此例是`WH/Stock` and " "`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`。点击这些行可以显示一个下拉菜单，提供其他可供选择的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" " been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" "然后，在概览页面（**WH/INT/000XX**）中，点击 :guilabel:`验证`。收据现已处理完毕，*条形码* 应用程序可以关闭。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " "containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." msgstr "*条形码* 应用程序还可用于扫描内部转账中包含唯一批号和序列号的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 msgid "" "From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " "number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " "quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " "shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " "barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" "在条形码传输屏幕上，扫描批次或序列号的条形码，Odoo " "就会自动将产品数量增加到数据库中记录的数量。如果不同产品共用同一批次或序列号，请先扫描产品条形码，然后再扫描批次/序列号的条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" msgstr "从零开始创建转移" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 msgid "" "In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" "created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " "transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " "to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " "sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " "scanner." msgstr "" "Odoo 的 *条形码* " "应用程序提供带有条形码的演示数据，用于探索应用程序的功能。这些数据可用于测试目的，并可从应用程序的主屏幕打印。要访问此演示数据，请导航至 " ":menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 并点击扫描仪上方信息弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`库存条码表`（以蓝色粗体高亮显示）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 msgid "" "To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " "the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " "different options is presented." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，首先导航到 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 。进入 *条形码* 应用程序后，会出现一个 " ":guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕，显示不同的选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 msgid "" "From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " "scan the product barcode." msgstr "使用 USB 或蓝牙条形码扫描仪时，可从该屏幕直接扫描产品条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 msgid "" "When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " "Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " "opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" " the device being used." msgstr "" "使用智能手机作为条码扫描器时，请点击 :guilabel:`轻点扫描` 按钮（位于屏幕中央的相机图标旁边）。将打开一个 " ":guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 弹出屏幕，启用所使用设备的摄像头。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 msgid "" "Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " "so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." msgstr "将相机对准打印的操作类型条码进行扫描。这样做可以处理条形码，并导航到条形码传输屏幕。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " "transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " "listed on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 msgid "" "To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " "manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " "Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " "product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " "transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Barcode scanner setup" msgstr "条形码扫描仪设置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with " "Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "请按照本指南选择和设置与 Odoo 的 *库存* 和 *条形码* 应用程序兼容的条形码扫描仪。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." msgstr "条形码扫描仪示例图像。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "Scanner types" msgstr "扫描仪类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17 msgid "" "Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which type" " of scanner best meets the needs of the business. There are three main types" " of scanners that can be used with Odoo, each with their own benefits and " "use cases:" msgstr "" "在设置条形码扫描仪之前，重要的是确定哪种类型的扫描仪最符合业务需求。可与 Odoo 一起使用的扫描仪主要有三种类型，每种类型都有各自的优点和用例：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:21 msgid "" "**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for " "businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout line" " in a grocery store." msgstr "**USB 扫描仪**连接到计算机，适用于在固定地点扫描产品的企业，如杂货店收银台。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:23 msgid "" "**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them both a " "cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, Odoo " "is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle " "operations, and check stock, directly through their mobile devices." msgstr "" "**蓝牙扫描仪**与智能手机或平板电脑配对，既经济又便携。在这种情况下，智能手机上安装了 Odoo，仓库操作员可以直接通过移动设备处理业务和检查库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26 msgid "" "**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode " "scanner." msgstr "**移动计算机扫描仪**是内置条形码扫描仪的移动设备。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:29 msgid "" "If using a USB scanner, ensure the scanner is compatible with the keyboard " "layout of the computer." msgstr "如果使用 USB 扫描仪，请确保扫描仪与计算机的键盘布局兼容。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "If using a mobile computer scanner, ensure the device can run the Odoo " "mobile app properly. Recent models that use Android OS with the Google " "Chrome browser, or Windows OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, " "testing is crucial due to the variety of available models and " "configurations." msgstr "" "如果使用移动电脑扫描仪，请确保设备可以正常运行 Odoo 移动应用程序。使用带有 Google Chrome 浏览器的 Android 操作系统或带有 " "Microsoft Edge 的 Windows 操作系统的最新机型可以正常运行。不过，由于可用型号和配置多种多样，因此测试至关重要。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:38 msgid "" "`Odoo Inventory & Barcode • Compatible Hardware " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 库存和条形码 • 兼容硬件 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:43 msgid "" "When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations " "are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo." msgstr "设置条形码扫描仪时，请确保以下配置正确无误，以便扫描仪能够通过 Odoo 正确解释条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "键盘布局" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:49 msgid "" "When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the " "operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. " "Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), " "with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use." msgstr "" "使用 USB 条形码扫描仪时，请将其键盘布局与操作系统的布局相匹配，以便正确解释字符。一般来说，扫描模式应设置为接受 USB " "键盘（HID），并根据正在使用的键盘设置语言。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard " "wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual." msgstr "要为**Zebra**扫描仪配置键盘布局，请在扫描仪的用户手册中扫描所需语言的键盘楔形条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout." msgstr "键盘布局用户手册示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "" "Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual." msgstr "Zebra 扫描仪用户手册中的键盘语言设置示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:63 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "自动回车" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:65 msgid "" "Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental" " double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include" " a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)" " after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the " "barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one." msgstr "" "Odoo 的默认扫描间隔为 100 " "毫秒，以防止意外重复扫描。为了与条码扫描仪同步，可以设置扫描仪在每次扫描后添加一个*回车符*（:dfn:`类似于键盘上的\"Enter\"键`）。Odoo" " 将回车符解释为条码输入的结束，因此 Odoo 会接受扫描并等待下一次扫描。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:70 msgid "" "Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure " "it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix" " ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`." msgstr "" "通常情况下，扫描仪默认包含回车符。请通过扫描用户手册中的特定条形码（例如CR suffix ON或Apply Enter for " "suffix）确认是否已设置回车符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:74 msgid "Zebra scanner" msgstr "Zebra 扫描仪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:76 msgid "" "When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are" " set to prevent errors." msgstr "使用 Zebra 扫描仪时，请确保设置了以下按键配置，以防出错。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:78 msgid "" "Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the " ":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the app is represented by a :guilabel:`(light " "blue barcode)` icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:81 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to " "access the Zebra scanner's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:85 msgid "" "It is **not** suggested to use the \"DWDemo\" profile, as it does not work " "properly in every circumstance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:88 msgid "" "Instead, it is recommended to create a new, personal profile. Once a new " "profile is created, add the *Odoo Mobile* app and *Google Chrome* app in the" " :guilabel:`Associated Apps` on the scanner's home screen." msgstr "" "建议创建一个新的个人配置文件。创建新配置文件后，在扫描仪主屏幕的 :guilabel:`已关联应用程序` 中添加 *Odoo Mobile* 应用程序和" " *Google Chrome* 应用程序。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:92 msgid "" "Once the profile is selected, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output`" " option, and ensure the :guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option " "is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" "选择配置文件后，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`键盘输出` 选项，确保 :guilabel:`启用/禁用按键输出` 选项为 " ":guilabel:`已启用`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." msgstr "在 Zebra 扫描仪的 DataWedge 应用程序中显示按键选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:99 msgid "" "Once that option is enabled, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options " "page, and go to the :guilabel:`Keystroke output` section. Then, open the " ":guilabel:`Key event options` submenu. Under :guilabel:`Characters`, ensure " "the :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option **must** be checked on the " "Zebra scanner, or Odoo **cannot** recognize the barcodes that are scanned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:107 msgid "" "Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Zebra scanner is working properly, as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:111 msgid "Honeywell mobile computer scanner" msgstr "霍尼韦尔移动计算机扫描仪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:113 msgid "" "When using Honeywell scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure " "barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "使用 Honeywell 扫描仪时，请按照以下说明操作，以确保可以在 Odoo 中扫描条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:116 msgid "" "Begin on the Honeywell scanner's home screen, and select " ":guilabel:`Settings`, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Honeywell Settings`, followed by :guilabel:`Scanning`." msgstr "" "从霍尼韦尔扫描仪的主屏幕开始，选择 :guilabel:`设置` ，由 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标表示。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`霍尼韦尔设置`，接着点击 :guilabel:`扫描`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:120 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Internal Scanner`, followed by " ":guilabel:`Default Profile`. From the resulting list of options, select " ":guilabel:`Data Processing Settings`." msgstr "" "在此处点击 :guilabel:`内部扫描仪`，然后点击 :guilabel:`默认配置文件`。从出现的选项列表中，选择 " ":guilabel:`数据处理设置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:123 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Data Processing Settings` specify how barcode data is " "processed by the computer. Locate the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting. By " "default, this is set to :guilabel:`Standard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Data processing settings options for Honeywell scanner." msgstr "霍尼韦尔扫描仪的数据处理设置选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:130 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting to :guilabel:`Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:132 msgid "" "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Honeywell " "scanner is working as intended." msgstr "完成步骤后，进行测试扫描以验证霍尼韦尔扫描仪是否按预期工作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:136 msgid "Cipherlab mobile computer scanner" msgstr "Cipherlab 移动计算机扫描仪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:138 msgid "" "When using Cipherlab scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure " "barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "使用 Cipherlab 扫描仪时，请按照以下说明操作，以确保可在 Odoo 中扫描条形码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:141 msgid "" "Begin on the Cipherlab scanner's home screen, and navigate to the " ":menuselection:`App Drawer (All Applications)`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` app, represented by an orange :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)`" " icon over a blue :guilabel:`(barcode)` icon." msgstr "" "从 Cipherlab 扫描仪的主屏幕开始，导航到 :menuselection:`应用程序抽屉（所有应用程序）`。然后，点击 " ":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` 应用程序，该应用程序由橙色的 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标和蓝色的 " ":guilabel:`（条形码）` 图标组成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:145 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Default Profile`, or create a new profile, if " "needed." msgstr "接下来，选择 :guilabel:`默认配置文件`，或根据需要创建新配置文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:147 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`General Settings`, click :guilabel:`Data Output`, " "followed by :guilabel:`Keyboard Emulation`." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`常规设置`下，点击:guilabel:`数据输出`，然后点击 :guilabel:`键盘模拟`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner data output setting page." msgstr "Cipherlab 扫描仪数据输出设置页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:154 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Input Method`, under :guilabel:`Keyboard " "Emulation`, is set to :guilabel:`Default Mode`. Change this setting to " ":guilabel:`KeyEvent`." msgstr "" "默认情况下，:guilabel:`键盘仿真'下的 :guilabel:`输入方式` 设置为 :guilabel:`默认模式'。将此设置更改为 " ":guilabel:`键盘活动`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner keyboard emulation settings." msgstr "Cipherlab 扫描仪键盘模拟设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:161 msgid "" "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Cipherlab " "scanner is working as intended." msgstr "完成步骤后，进行测试扫描以验证 Cipherlab 扫描仪是否按预期工作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:165 msgid ":doc:`../setup/software`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/software`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "在 Odoo 中启用条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" "条码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、拣货库位等指定适当的条码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" "如要使用本功能，你应首先通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "设置产品条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "然后，你可在产品表单中直接创建并为产品分配条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "注意，将条码直接添加到产品变体中，而不要添加到模板产品中。否则，你将无法区分它们。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "设置库位条码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" "如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "你可从*打印*菜单，打印为库位分配的条码。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "条码格式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " "Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " "their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," " GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " "barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" "大多数零售产品使用 EAN-13 条形码，也称为 GTIN（全球贸易识别码）。公司使用 GTIN 来唯一标识其产品和服务。GTIN 和 UPC " "通常是同义词，GTIN 指的是条形码代表的数字，而 UPC 指的是条形码本身。有关 GTIN 的更多信息，请访问 GS1 网站。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73 msgid "" "In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." " This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " "and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " "it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " "license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" "要为物品创建 GTIN，公司必须拥有 GS1 公司前缀。该前缀是出现在每个 GTIN " "开头的数字，将标识该公司是条形码的所有者，以及条形码上出现的任何产品。要了解有关 GS1 公司前缀的更多信息，或购买前缀许可证，请访问 GS1 " "公司前缀页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78 msgid "" "Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " "However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " "possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" "Odoo 用户可以使用 GTIN 条形码来识别他们的产品。不过，由于 Odoo 支持任何数字字符串作为条形码，因此也可以定义自定义条形码供内部使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" " system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " "replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "Odoo *库存* 既是库存应用程序，也是仓库管理系统。用户可通过该应用程序轻松管理交货时间、自动补货、配置高级路线等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "`Odoo教程：库存 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5 msgid "Product management" msgstr "产品管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment.rst:5 msgid "Product replenishment" msgstr "产品补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:3 msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" msgstr "按订单补货（MTO）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:9 msgid "" "*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " "replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a" " sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a " "vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a " "product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing " "order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a " "sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" " being ordered." msgstr "" "*按订单补货*，又称*MTO*（按订单生产），是一种补货策略，每次为某一产品创建销售订单时，都会为该产品创建一个订单草稿。对于从供应商处采购的产品，会创建一个询价单（RFQ），而对于内部制造的产品，销售订单会触发制造订单的创建。无论订购产品的当前库存水平如何，每次创建销售订单时都会创建询价单或制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:17 msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" msgstr "取消订单补充（MTO）路线的存档" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " "is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " "However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" "默认情况下，Odoo 将 |MTO| 路由设置为 *存档*。这是因为 |MTO| " "是一个有点小众的工作流程，只有某些公司才会使用。不过，只需几个简单的步骤，就可以轻松取消路线存档。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:23 msgid "" "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" " --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` " "button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes " "that are currently archived." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`。在 :guilabel:`路线` 页面，点击 " ":guilabel:`筛选` 按钮并选择 :guilabel:`存档` 选项。这将显示当前存档的所有路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "路线页面上的存档筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:31 msgid "" "Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click" " the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-" "down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" "启用 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` 旁边的复选框，然后点击 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮显示下拉菜单。从下拉菜单中选择 " ":guilabel:`解除存档`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "路线页面上的取消存档操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:38 msgid "" "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all " "available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is " "now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page." msgstr "" "最后，删除 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中的 :guilabel:`存档` 筛选器。现在 :guilabel:`路线` " "页面将显示所有可用的路线，包括 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）`，现在可在每个产品页面的库存选项卡上进行选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it." msgstr "取消存档后，MTO 路线会出现在“路线”页面上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:47 msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route" msgstr "配置产品以使用 MTO 路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:49 msgid "" "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " "use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an " "existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one." msgstr "" "由于 |MTO| 路由未存档，现在可以正确配置产品以使用订单补货。要执行此操作，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> " "产品`，然后选择一个现有产品，或点击 :guilabel:`创建`，配置一个新产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:53 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section, along with one other route." msgstr "" "在产品页面上，选择 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，并在 :guilabel:`路线` 部分启用 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` " "路线和另一条路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " "another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" " replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture " "it, etc.)." msgstr "" "除非同时选择了其他路线，否则 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` 路线**不会生效**。这是因为 Odoo " "需要知道如何在下订单时补充产品（采购、制造等）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "在库存选项卡上选择 MTO 路线和第二条路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:65 msgid "" "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so " "makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs " "below." msgstr "" "如果产品是从供应商处购买以履行销售订单，请启用产品名称下的 :guilabel:`可以采购` " "复选框。这样，:guilabel:`采购`选项卡就会与下面的其他设置选项卡一起出现。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the" " :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，并指定 :guilabel:`供应商` 和他们销售产品的 :guilabel:`价格`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor." msgstr "启用 \"可以采购\"，并指定供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:76 msgid "" "If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials " "(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` " "smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" "如果产品已制造，请确保为其配置了物料清单（BOM）。要执行此操作，请点击屏幕顶部的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`物料清单` 页面上的 :guilabel:`创建`，为产品配置新的 BOM。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:81 msgid "" "On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product " "on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for " "the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "在空白的 |BOM| 表单中，在 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡上添加用于制造产品的组件，并在 :guilabel:`操作` " "选项卡上添加制造工作流程所需的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:85 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|." msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，完成保存 |BOM|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:88 msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route" msgstr "使用 MTO 路线完成销售订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "" "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" " created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed." " The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition " "to |MTO|." msgstr "" "将产品配置为使用 |MTO| 路线后，每次确认包含该产品的销售订单时，都会为其创建补货订单。创建的订单类型取决于除 |MTO| 之外选择的第二条路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:94 msgid "" "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order " "is created upon confirmation of a sales order." msgstr "例如，如果 *采购* 是选择的第二个路线，那么在确认销售订单后就会创建采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:98 msgid "" "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " "always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if " "there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, " "without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" "当产品的 |MTO| " "路线启用后，在确认销售订单时总是会创建补货订单。即使手头有足够的产品库存来完成销售订单，也会出现这种情况，而无需购买或生产额外的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:102 msgid "" "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, " "the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`," " which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" "虽然 |MTO| 路线可与其他各种路线配合使用，但本工作流程仍以*采购*路线为例。首先导航到 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，然后点击" " :guilabel:`创建`，打开一个空白报价表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:106 msgid "" "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" " product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order." msgstr "" "在空白报价单上添加 :guilabel:`客户`，然后单击 :guilabel:`订购线` 选项卡下的 " ":guilabel:`添加产品`，并输入已配置为使用 *MTO* 和 *采购* 路线的产品。单击 :guilabel:`确认`，报价单就会变成销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:110 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of " "the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales " "order." msgstr "现在，销售订单的右上角会出现一个 :guilabel:`采购` 智能按钮。点击该按钮可打开与销售订单相关联的 |RFQ|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:113 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " "purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at " "the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click " ":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，确认 |RFQ| 并将其转化为采购订单。采购订单顶部会出现绿色的 :guilabel:`接收产品` " "按钮。收到产品后，点击 :guilabel:`接收产品` 将其登记到库存中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:117 msgid "" "Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting " "the sales order." msgstr "" "点击 :guilabel:`SO` 面包屑，或导航至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> 订单`，选择销售订单，返回销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:120 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the" " order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been " "shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" "最后，点击订单右上方的 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，进入交货订单。产品送达客户后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 确认送货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3 msgid "Reordering rules" msgstr "重新排序规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:7 msgid "" "Reordering rules are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " "threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" " specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " "maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." msgstr "重新排序规则用于将预测的库存水平保持在某个临界值以上，同时又不超过指定的上限。具体做法是指定库存不得低于的最低数量和不得超过的最高数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:11 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " "to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for " "Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " "product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is " "created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " "route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:21 msgid "Configure products for reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:23 msgid "" "In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly " "configured. Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one" " by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:27 msgid "" "On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make " "sure the :guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " "This is necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable " "products, and this number is used to trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:35 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes " "from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use " "to replenish the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:42 msgid "" "If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name." " This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price " "that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product" " should be purchased from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:51 msgid "" "If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it " "needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This " "is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products " "with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:55 msgid "" "If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product," " select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "product form, then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill" " of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:64 msgid "Create new reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:66 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and " "fill out the new line as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted " "without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this " "number, a replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up " "to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " "batches of 20)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This " "value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:85 msgid "" "Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product. Then, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button," " and click :guilabel:`New` to fill out the new line, as detailed above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:90 msgid "" "For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering" " rule fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:92 msgid ":ref:`Trigger `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Visibility days `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Route `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:99 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "触发器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:101 msgid "" "When stock falls below the reordering rule's minimum, set the reordering " "rule's *trigger* to *automatic* to automatically create purchase or " "manufacturing orders to replenish stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:104 msgid "" "Alternatively, setting the reordering rule's trigger to *manual* displays " "the product and forecasted stock on the *replenishment dashboard*, where the" " procurement manager can review the stock levels, lead times, and forecasted" " dates of arrival." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`strategies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:112 msgid "" "The replenishment dashboard is accessible by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:115 msgid "" "To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`(slider)` icon, located to the far-right of the column titles, " "and enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` option from the additional options drop-" "down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Trigger field by toggling it in the additional options menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:124 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or " ":guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different" " types of reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:128 msgid "Auto" msgstr "自动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130 msgid "" "Automatic reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generates purchase or " "manufacturing orders when:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:133 msgid "the scheduler runs, and the *On Hand* quantity is below the minimum" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:134 msgid "" "a sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the " "product below the minimum" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:138 msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:140 msgid "" "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure " ":ref:`developer mode ` is enabled, and select " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, click" " the purple :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that " "appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:145 msgid "Be aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:148 msgid "" "The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger " "when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of " "`5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering " "rule is **not** triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:156 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for " "Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " "Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:164 msgid "" "When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in " "the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手动" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172 msgid "" "Manual reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, lists a product on the " "replenishment dashboard when the forecasted quantity falls below a specified" " minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, because they are " "needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, but the forecasted quantity is not " "enough." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:177 msgid "" "The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers " "sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It " "displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:182 msgid "" "If the one-day window for ordering products is too short, skip to the " ":ref:`visibility days ` " "section to make the need appear on the replenishment dashboard a specified " "number of days in advance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:186 msgid "" "When a product appears on the replenishment dashboard, clicking the " ":guilabel:`Order Once` button generates the purchase or manufacturing order " "with the specified amounts :guilabel:`To Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the Order Once button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:196 msgid "Visibility days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:199 msgid "" "Ensure :doc:`lead times " "<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>` are" " understood before proceeding with this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:202 msgid "" "When :ref:`manual reordering rules `" " are assigned to a product, *visibility days* make the product appear on the" " replenishment dashboard (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> " "Replenishment`) a certain number of days in advance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:208 msgid "" "A product has a manual reordering rule set to trigger when the stock level " "falls below four units. The current on-hand quantity is ten units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:211 msgid "" "The current date is February 20th, and the *delivery date* on a sales order " "(in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab) is March 3rd — twelve days from the " "current date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" "The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," " and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " "the delivery date, which, in this case, is February 27th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "" "Graphic representing when the need appears on the replenishment dashboard: " "Feb 27th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " "dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "" "Show the replenishment dashboard with the correct and incorrect visibility " "days set." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 msgid "Route" msgstr "路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" " to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling " "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." " To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " "preferred route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " "that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " "defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " "*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " "remain accurate." msgstr "在某些情况下，库存产品可能会损坏或发现有缺陷。如果无法修理或退货，Odoo *库存* 允许用户报废产品，以确保可用库存计数保持准确。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 msgid "" "Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " "was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" "废料订单可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 报废` " "查看。每个报废订单都会显示创建订单的日期和时间，以及报废的产品和数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " "location." msgstr "" "要查看每个报废项目的总数量，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 位置`。从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏移除" " :guilabel:`内部` 筛选器，以显示虚拟位置。最后，选择 :guilabel:`虚拟位置/报废` 位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " "places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " "location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " "is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." msgstr "" "默认情况下，报废产品会将其从物理库存中移除，并将其放置在名为*虚拟位置/报废*的虚拟位置中。虚拟位置**并非**物理空间，而是 Odoo " "中的一个名称，用于追踪不再属于实际库存的物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "了解更多" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:29 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:31 msgid "" "To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" " Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." msgstr "" "要报废库存中的产品，首先导航到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 报废`。在 :guilabel:`报废订单` 页面，单击 " ":guilabel:`创建` 以配置新的报废订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:35 msgid "" "On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " "location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " "defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " "changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " "menus." msgstr "" "在报废订单中，从 :guilabel:`产品` 下拉菜单中选择要报废的产品，然后在 :guilabel:`数量` " "字段中输入数量。:guilabel:`源位置` 的默认值是产品的存储位置，而 :guilabel:`报废位置` 的默认值是 " ":guilabel:`虚拟位置/报废`，但可以从各自的下拉菜单中选择不同的位置来更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "A new scrap order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:45 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " "inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " "quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:49 msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " "delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " "defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " "location to another, or preparing them for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:55 msgid "" "To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " "begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " ":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" " :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " "product is being scrapped from." msgstr "" "要在收货、转移或交付操作过程中报废产品，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序。在 :guilabel:`概览` " "页面，根据产品报废的操作类型，选择 :guilabel:`收据`, :guilabel:`内部转移` 或 :guilabel:`送货订单` 卡上的 " ":guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:61 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " ":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" "Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" " viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " "Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:69 msgid "" "Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " "page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" " page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " "validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " "they have been entered into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:81 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " "from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" " :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:84 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " "is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" " Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " "different location from their respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:88 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " "scrap orders created from that operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The Scraps smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " "*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " "strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " "the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " "use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中，有两种自动补充库存的策略： " "*重新排序规则*和*按订单生产（MTO）*途径。虽然这两种策略略有不同，但它们都有类似的结果：触发自动创建|PO|或|MO|。选择使用哪种策略取决于企业的制造和交付流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "术语" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:56 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " "product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" "*订货规则*用于确保产品始终有最低库存量，以便生产产品和/或履行销售订单。当产品库存达到最低水平时，Odoo " "会自动生成采购订单，其中包含达到最高库存水平所需的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "重新排序规则可在补货报告或产品表单中创建和管理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " "order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " "**regardless of the current stock level**." msgstr "*按订单生产（MTO）*是一种采购途径，每次销售订单确认后，都会创建一份采购订单（或制造订单）草稿，**无论当前库存水平如何**。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:38 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" " the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "与使用重新订购规则补充的产品不同，Odoo 会自动将销售订单链接到由 |MTO| 路线生成的 |PO| 或 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" "Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " "generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" " reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " "forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" "重新订购规则与 |MTO| 的另一个区别是，使用 |MTO| 时，Odoo 会在确认 |SO| 后立即生成草稿 |PO| 或 " "|MO|。而使用重新订购规则时，当产品的预测库存低于设定的最小数量时，Odoo 就会生成草稿 |PO| 或 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " "forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "此外，只要 |PO| 或 |MO| 未确认，Odoo 会在预测发生变化时自动将数量添加到 |PO| 或 |MO| 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:48 msgid "" "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " "customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:58 msgid "" "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " "needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " "Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" " are both `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:66 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " "forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " "or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " "product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " "the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " "found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" " tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " "By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " "tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " "replenishment report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " "current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:87 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " ":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " "in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " "and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " "columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " "smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:98 msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:100 msgid "" "The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " "these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " "icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " "field to make it visible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " "orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " ":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" " is configured)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " ":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " "below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " "replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`触发器`：如何创建补货，可以是 :guilabel:`自动`（当 :guilabel:`库存` 数量低于 " ":guilabel:`最小数量` 时自动创建），也可以是 :guilabel:`手动`（仅在请求补货时创建）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " "being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " "order." msgstr ":guilabel:`采购组`：产品采购方式的参考编号，如销售订单、采购订单或制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " "available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " "is triggered." msgstr ":guilabel:`最小数量`：产品的最小可用数量。当库存水平低于此数量时，将触发补货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " "after replenishing the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`（最大数量）：补货后的可用产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " "quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " "products are replenished." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`多个数量`：如果产品应按特定数量订购，请输入应订购的数量。例如，如果 :guilabel:`多个数量` 设置为 `5`，而只需要 " "3 个，则会补货 5 个产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " "will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " "Orders` button is clicked." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`待订购`：当前需要的产品数量，如果点击 :guilabel:` 订购一次` 或 :guilabel:`自动下单` " "按钮，则将订购该数量的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`UoM`：获取产品时使用的度量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." msgstr "guilabel:`公司`：获取产品的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:131 msgid "" "By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " "required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " "changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`." msgstr "" "默认情况下，:guilabel:`待订购`字段中的数量是达到设置的:guilabel:`最大数量`所需的数量。但是，可以通过点击字段并更改值来调整 " ":guilabel:`待订购` 数量。要手动补充产品，请单击 :guilabel:`订购一次`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:135 msgid "" "To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " ":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " ":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." msgstr "" "要在:guilabel:`补货`页面自动补货，请单击行右侧的:guilabel:`自动订单`，该图标由:guilabel:`🔄（圆形箭头）`表示。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:138 msgid "" "When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " "|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." msgstr "单击此按钮后，每当预测库存水平低于重新排序规则设置的 :guilabel:`最小数量` 时，Odoo 将自动生成草稿 |PO|/|MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:141 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " "replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" " the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." msgstr "" "在 :guilabel:`补货` 页面，点击行最右边的 :guilabel:`🔕（休眠）` 图标，可在给定时间内暂时停用重新排序规则或手动补货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:149 msgid "" "A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " ":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " "created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " "that triggered the rule as the source document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:158 msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:160 msgid "" "Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " "hidden by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:169 msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:163 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:168 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:172 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " "warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:176 msgid "" "To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the " "desired product to open its product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:179 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:182 msgid "" "For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" " route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:186 msgid "" "For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " "route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " "which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " "the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:192 msgid "" "The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:11 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big " "pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:23 msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the" " :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " "setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:32 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of " "measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can " "convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units " "belong to the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:43 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" " Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " "new units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product" " in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on " "the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` " "field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` " "field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than" " the reference Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:54 msgid "" "If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally " "recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** " "be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the " "new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a" " box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "" "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" " category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:66 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:68 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form" " page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " "The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's " "inventory and internal transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:75 msgid "" "Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that " "the product is purchased in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different " ":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " "Measure)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:86 msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:88 msgid "" ":ref:`Vendor orders `: purchase " "|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse " "documents" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatic replenishment `: " "generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips " "below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Sell products `: if a " "different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted " "to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:100 msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo " "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If " "needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:106 msgid "" "After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:113 msgid "" "When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its " "sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in " "boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows" " the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:121 msgid "" "An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of " "6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:127 msgid "" "Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit " "of Measure\": `Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:133 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:135 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:138 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The" " purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`" " field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:143 msgid "" "A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is" " listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:150 msgid "" "Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart " "button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted " "Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, " "click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the " "purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:160 msgid "" "When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses " "the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can " "be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:163 msgid "" "After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales " "order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the " "|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's " "inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery " "shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:168 msgid "" "For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, " "but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in" " boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:5 msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" "*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " "in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " "there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " "inventory reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" "A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " "pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" "A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " or products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 msgid "" "To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" " feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 msgid "" "To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 msgid "When to use lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" " back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " "or expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " "end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " "cycles." msgstr "" "制造商为具有共同属性的产品组分配批号；这可能导致多种产品共享相同的批号。这有助于识别单个组中的多个产品，并允许对这些产品生命周期中的每个步骤进行端到端追溯。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 msgid "When to use serial numbers" msgstr "何时使用序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " "chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services related to products they sell and deliver." msgstr "为单个产品分配序列号的目的是确保每件产品在供应链中的历史都是可识别的。这对于为其销售和交付的产品提供售后服务的制造商尤其有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "List of serial numbers for product." msgstr "产品序列号列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 msgid "" "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " "letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." msgstr "序列号可以包含多种不同类型的字符：数字、字母、印刷符号或三种类型的混合字符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "追溯" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " "like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " "sent." msgstr "制造商和公司可以参考可追溯性报告，了解产品的整个生命周期。这些报告包括重要信息，如产品的来源（何时）、存储地点和送货对象。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " "serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "dashboard." msgstr "" "要查看产品的完整可追溯性，或按批次和/或序列号分组产品，请转至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "批次/序列号`。这样就会显示 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 面板。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 msgid "" "From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " "by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " "have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "在这里，默认情况下会列出已分配批次或序列号的产品。这些产品还可以展开，以显示具体分配给它们的批次或序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 msgid "" "To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" "要按批次或序列号分组，首先要删除右上角搜索栏中的任何默认筛选器。然后，单击 :guilabel:`分组方式`，并选择 " ":guilabel:`添加自定义分组`，这将显示一个小型下拉菜单。从该迷你下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`应用`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " "expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " "unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " "product per serial number." msgstr "" "这样做会显示所有现有的批次和序列号，并且可以展开每个序列号以显示与该分配号码相关的所有产品数量。对于*不*重复使用的唯一序列号，每个序列号应该仅对应一个产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." msgstr "报告页面包含批次和序列号的下拉列表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " "number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " "specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " "this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" " buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " "made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" "有关单个批号或序列号的其他信息，请点击批号或序列号的行项目，以显示该特定编号的 :guilabel:`批次` 或 :guilabel:`序列号` " "表格。在该表单中，点击:guilabel:`位置` 和 :guilabel:`追溯性` " "智能按钮，查看使用该序列号的所有库存。使用该批次或序列号进行的任何操作也可在此找到。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "到期日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " "of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " "reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " "expired products to customers." msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "中，*有效期*可用于管理和追踪易腐产品从购买到销售的生命周期。通过使用有效期，可以降低因为产品过期而造成的损失，并且有助于避免向客户提供过期产品的情况发生。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " "can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" " assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " "companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " "buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "中，只有使用*批次*和*序列号*追踪的产品才能分配过期信息。一旦分配了批号或序列号，就可以设置有效期。这对经常或专门购买和销售易腐产品的公司（如食品制造商）特别有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "启用有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" "要启用*有效期*，请进入:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> " "设置`，然后向下滚动到:guilabel:`可追溯性`部分。然后，点击复选框启用 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" " be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "激活该功能后，将出现一个启用 :guilabel:`有效期`的新选项。点击复选框启用该功能，并确保 :guilabel:`保存` 更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "启用批次、序列号和有效期设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " "features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " ":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " "features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " "product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" "激活:guilabel:`批次和序列号`功能后，:guilabel:`在送货单上显示批次和序列号`、:guilabel:`在发票上显示批次和序列号`和:guilabel:`在送货单上显示有效期" " `等附加功能就会出现。激活这些功能有助于实现端到端的可追溯性，从而更容易管理产品召回、识别`不良`批次产品等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "配置产品的有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " "expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" "在 *库存* 应用程序的设置中启用 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 和 :guilabel:`有效期` 功能后，即可在单个产品上配置到期信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " "for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" "要执行此操作，请转至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> " "产品`，然后选择要编辑的产品。选择产品后，将显示该特定项目的产品表单。进入产品表单后，点击左上角的 :guilabel:`编辑` 进行更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:53 msgid "" "To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " "information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " ":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" "要使用批次或序列号进行跟踪，或配置有效期信息，产品*必须*在 :guilabel:`一般信息`选项卡下将其 :guilabel:`产品类型`设置为 " ":guilabel:`可储存产品`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." msgstr "" "然后，单击 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分。在这里，确保选中 " ":guilabel:`按照唯一序列号` 或 :guilabel:`按批次`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61 msgid "" "Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " "also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " "appears to the right." msgstr "" "一旦启用，就会出现一个新的 :guilabel:`有效期`复选框，也必须点击该复选框。两者都启用后，右侧会出现一个新的 :guilabel:`日期` " "字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:65 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " "to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "如果产品在激活批号或序列号追踪之前已有库存，则可能需要进行库存调整，以便为现有库存分配批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:70 msgid "" "For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" " recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" " the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "对于处理大量收货或交货的产品，建议使用批次进行跟踪，以便在出现任何问题时可追溯到同一批次的多个产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." msgstr "有效期配置在产品表格上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " "information to configure for the product:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`日期` 字段下，可为产品配置四类到期信息：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " "(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " "become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." msgstr ":guilabel:`有效期`：收到产品（从供应商或生产后的库存）后的天数，在此天数内，货物可能变得危险，不应使用或消费。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " "in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " "dangerous yet." msgstr ":guilabel:`最佳使用时间`：货物到期前的天数，商品开始变质，**尚未**变得危险。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which the goods should be removed from stock." msgstr "guilabel:`移除时间`：到有效期之前的天数，商品应从库存中移除。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" " particular serial number." msgstr ":guilabel:`提醒时间`：指在到期之前的天数，在此期间应对特定批次或包含特定序列号的商品进行提醒。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:90 msgid "" "The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " "date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " "manufactured in-house." msgstr "这些字段中输入的值会自动计算库存中商品的有效期，无论是从供应商购买还是在内部生产。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "配置好所有有效期信息后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，保存所有更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " "expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " "receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " "they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." msgstr "" "如果 :guilabel:`日期` " "字段未填入任何过期信息值，则可在仓库收货和发货时手动分配日期（和批次）。即使分配了日期，也可以根据需要手动覆盖和更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101 msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" msgstr "在带有批次和序列号的收据上设置有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:103 msgid "" "Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" " the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " "request for quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" "可直接从采购订单生成**入库**货物的有效期。要创建采购订单，请转到 :menuselection:`采购` 应用程序，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`，以创建新的询价单（RFQ）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107 msgid "" "Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`." msgstr "" "然后，通过添加 :guilabel:`供应商` 来填写信息，并通过点击 :guilabel:`添加产品` 在 :guilabel:`产品` 行添加产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:110 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " "converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" "更改 :guilabel:`数量` 列中的数字，选择所需的订购数量，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`。这将把 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`" " 转换为采购订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " "to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:118 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " "The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." " The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " "assigned lot or serial number." msgstr "" "在为订购的产品数量分配序列号之前点击 :guilabel:`验证` 会弹出 :guilabel:`用户错误` " "窗口。弹出窗口要求输入订购产品的批号或序列号。如果未指定批号或序列号，则无法验证 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0 msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." msgstr "验证无批号订单时弹出用户错误信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:127 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " "located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." msgstr "" "从此处，点击产品线最右侧的 :guilabel:`附加选项` 菜单（汉堡）图标。点击后，将出现 :guilabel:`详细操作` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:130 msgid "" "In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " "number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." msgstr "在弹出窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，并在:guilabel:`批次/序列号名称` 字段下指定批次或序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " "the product form (if previously configured)." msgstr "根据产品表单上的配置（如果以前配置过），有效期会自动弹出。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " "this date can be manually entered." msgstr "如果未配置产品表单上的 :guilabel:`日期` 字段，则可手动输入此日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:140 msgid "" "After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" "确定有效期后，标记 :guilabel:`已完成` 数量，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口。最后，点击 " ":guilabel:`验证`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." msgstr "弹出详细操作，显示订购产品的有效期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:147 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`; and more." msgstr "" "验证收据后将出现 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮可查看更新的 " ":guilabel:`可追溯性报告`，其中包括：:guilabel:`参考资料` " "文档；正在追踪的:guilabel:`产品`；:guilabel:`批次/序列号 #` 等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:153 msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" msgstr "为制成品设定有效期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:155 msgid "" "Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " "To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " "(MO) needs to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:158 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " ":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" "要创建一个 :abbr:`MO（制造订单）`，进入 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，然后点击 " ":guilabel:`创建`。从 :guilabel:`产品` 字段下拉菜单中选择要生产的产品，然后选择要生产的 :guilabel:`数量`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:167 msgid "" "To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" " the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " ":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" " materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:172 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:174 msgid "" "Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " "from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " "automatically assign a new lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:177 msgid "" "Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" " :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:180 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " "form for that specific number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " "that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " "information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " "or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:193 msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:195 msgid "" "Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " "other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " "create a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:198 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " "quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:201 msgid "" "Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " ":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:204 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " "date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:208 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " "order to see the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " ":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " "process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:215 msgid "" "If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " "product form, then no alerts will be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:219 msgid "" "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " "set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " "of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " "remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " "expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " "Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:229 msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231 msgid "" "To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:234 msgid "" "Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" " bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," " and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " "menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:238 msgid "" "Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " "the assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " "form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " "related to the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " "either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" " usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" " batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " "for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " "lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " "back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " "expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " "enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " "this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and choose a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " "form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" " lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 msgid "" "New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " "number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" " Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " "separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " "automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " "number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " "and changing the generated number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " "added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " "product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" " app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " "product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" " assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 msgid "" "Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " "For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " "form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " "order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 msgid "Manage lots on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " "purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " "information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " "to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " "(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " "confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " "product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" "up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " "number being assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " ":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " "column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "" "There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 msgid "" "**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" " location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 msgid "" "If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " "additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " "the :guilabel:`Demand`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 msgid "" "**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " "all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " "assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" " Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" " lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " ":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " "entered in each of the lot number lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" " assigned, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " "sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 msgid "" "On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" " :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " ":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" " there is enough stock in that particular lot)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 msgid "" "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " ":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " "in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " "total quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 msgid "" "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " "selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " "(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " "also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" " the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " "the same lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 msgid "" "In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " "products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " "be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 msgid "" "For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" " the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 msgid "" "For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " "page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " "enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" " the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" " to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 msgid "" "For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " "the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " "Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "批次追踪" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " "stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 msgid "" "To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " "search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " "the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 msgid "" "Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:159 msgid "Packages" msgstr "包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:7 msgid "" "A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages " "can also be used to store items in bulk." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:10 msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Shipping to customers `: " "configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight " "requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with" " carrier shipping specifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:16 msgid "Storing items in bulk." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:18 msgid "" "*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by" " enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features " "(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable" " Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring " "packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:25 msgid "" "*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping " "cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method>`, based " "on real shipping weight. Create package types to include the weight of the " "package itself (e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping " "cost calculations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:31 msgid "" "While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can " "be used in any workflow involving storable products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:40 msgid "" "To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the " ":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:51 msgid "Pack items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:53 msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:55 msgid "" "Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations " "` icon on the product " "line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:57 msgid "" "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` " "button to place everything in the transfer into a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:63 msgid "Detailed operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:65 msgid "" "On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a" " package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:72 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:74 msgid "" "To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, " "and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an " "existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package," " then select :guilabel:`Create...`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:84 msgid "" "Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the " ":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the " ":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:95 msgid "Put in pack" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:97 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse" " transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer " "in that newly-created package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and" " other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "" "In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was " "clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it " "in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:117 msgid "" "Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and " "weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for " "shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:122 msgid "" ":doc:`Shipping carriers " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:125 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a " "blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). " "The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, " ":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:134 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty " "package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the " ":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a " "scan." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available " "at all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package " "type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:152 msgid "Cluster packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:154 msgid "" "To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so " "makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:163 msgid "" "Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing" " so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship " "to the customer `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster" " pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after " "measuring it on a scale." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:176 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is " "available at all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:180 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for " "moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages " "used to ship products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:188 msgid "" ":doc:`Using cluster packages " "<../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding " "multiple units of a specific product. Each specific packaging **must** be " "defined on the individual product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:8 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a " "12-pack, or a case of 36, need to be configured on the individual product " "form. This is because packagings are product specific — **not** generic." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:15 msgid "" "To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " "enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:24 msgid "Create packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:26 msgid "" "Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the " ":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:30 msgid "From product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:32 msgid "" "Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:35 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the " "table, fill out the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on " "sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the " "packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the" " product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "sales orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:46 msgid "" "Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by " "clicking the :guilabel:`(sliders)` icon to the far-right of the column " "titles in the :guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired " "options from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Show the additional options menu's icon: sliders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or " "pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app `. Leave " "blank if not in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin" " by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` " "to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:69 msgid "From product packagings page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:71 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:77 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " "product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` " "of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:179 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:88 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is " "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:186 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:193 msgid "" "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " "`. When receiving products from suppliers, " "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " "Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " and products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" "Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " "be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " "symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" " chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " "Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " "to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " "section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " "click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " "can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " "of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" " have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " "reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " "clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " "changing the generated number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " "order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " "sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " "appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " "products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " "without a serial number being assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" "up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " "supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " "the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " "column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " "serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " ":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " "so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " "out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " "becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" " appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " "number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " "quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " "cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " "cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" " used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " "from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " "option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " "serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " "serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " "serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " ":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " "stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " "serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "Advanced operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "如何取消发货请求？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以选择取消发货或更改运输公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" "如果你点击了 **** , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在 **运单** 旁边的 ****" " 点击即可。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以更改货代为你想要的。通过点击 **送给货** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " "items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " "purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" " it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " "supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" " seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:12 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "" "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " "--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" " configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " "enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " "product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " "that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " "vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " "purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:35 msgid "" "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:43 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a " "sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for " "quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales " "orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting " ":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart " "button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ " "(Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders " "--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " "purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " "receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in " "the top right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` " "section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. " "Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to " "confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:77 msgid "" "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" " :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "如何就运费给客户开票？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "有两种方式给运输成本开票 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:12 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "和客户达成一个协议成本价并在销售订单中固定下来" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:15 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "按照运输的实际成本发货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:20 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:23 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "你可以手工的给运费设置价格 :可以是固定的也可以根据相关规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:26 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system by " ":doc:`integrating a third-party shipper " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:30 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "如何就运费成本给客户开票？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:33 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:57 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "在销售订单上，选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **货方** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:41 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "当你点击 **** 销售订单或者点击 **置价** 的时候计算价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:44 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "要给销售订单上的交货价格开票, 点击 **置价** , 它会在销售订单上添加一个交货方式名称的产品。价格和实际价格可能会不同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:48 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "当你创建开票的时候, 开票的金额会采用订单上的金额。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "给运费的实际成本开票" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:63 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." msgstr "价格会在你 **** 销售订单的时候计算出来。确认销售订单并且完成发货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:66 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "在确认交货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单沟通栏查看实际费用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:72 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "回到销售订单, 实际成本已经添加到销售订单中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:78 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "当你创建开票的时候, 开票金额会用货代计算的金额。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:85 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个, 每一个发货单给订单添加一行。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr ":doc:`labels` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " "be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" " used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " "to fit the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" " delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " "International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " "one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " "a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " "created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " "select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" " an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " "click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:45 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" " delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:62 msgid "" "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " "of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." msgstr "" "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含与第三方的货代的追踪信息集成。它可以让你管理货运公司, 运输的实际价格和目的地。最终, " "你可以在Odoo直接打印运单上的标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "安装货代公司的接口模块" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" "在 **** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **代接** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:28 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "点击 **** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "配置发货方式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "选定货代的发货方式已经被自动创建。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "在 **** 页面, 货代供应商的名称意味着该发货单会被货代的系统处理和计算。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "第一个和 **的账** 链接(开发关键字, 密码, ……)。更多信息请参见货运供应商的网站。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "第二栏根据 **应** 的不同而有所差别。你可以选择包材类型, 服务类型, 单位重量……" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "一旦完成测试, 就不要勾选 **试模** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "公司配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:81 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "为了计算正确的价格, 供应商需要知道你的公司信息。确保地址和电话号码的信息都是正确的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:88 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **** 应用并点选 **用设** 。点击第一个链接 **置你的公司信** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "产品配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:94 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "进入 **** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "产品页面上的重量的默认计量单位是千克。如果使用英制计量单位的话, 不要忘了单位之间的转换。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息, 但是如果你需要的话, 你可以变更货代。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:137 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移, 你可以在额外的信息页签中添加第三方货代信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "点击 **** 接收追踪号码和 **** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:153 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的标签可以在下方的历史信息中找到 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "点击打开单据并打印 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "如果你在使用多包裹发货功能, 大多数情况下, 每一个包裹一个标签。每张标签都可以显示在交货历史中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:3 msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " "in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " "to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " "together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " "flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " "multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " "setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:24 msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:26 msgid "" "To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" " delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " "item, or both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:30 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " "the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:37 msgid "" "This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " "table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " "shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:41 msgid "" "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " "from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" " than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " "smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." " Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " "close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:51 msgid "" "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " "package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" " the selected items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:58 msgid "" "For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " "quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " "before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " "doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:62 msgid "" "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:66 msgid "" "After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " "appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" " the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " "items included in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:0 msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:76 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:78 msgid "" "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " "to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" " a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:81 msgid "" "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " "be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " "` to package them as required. If they" " will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " "column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " ":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:86 msgid "" "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " "shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" " be shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:95 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " "delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" " has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " "view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:103 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" " the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:111 msgid "" "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " "delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " ":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " ":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " "multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " "backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " "create the first backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " "time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing " "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " "in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "" ":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " "time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " "number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " "the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" " lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " "moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " "This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" " shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " "process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " "days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " "specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " "mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" " set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " "earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " "of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " "confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " "and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " "forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " ":ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* " "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" " the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead " "time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " "Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` " "field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery " "order from start to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" " `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " "In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th," " but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the " "delivery order would be April 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "交付多种产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " "quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " "the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" " in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead " "times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to " "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " "button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, " ":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " "confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse " "employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the " "expected timeframe." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " ":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from " "the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase" " Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" " click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " "pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " "materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " "delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times" " and manufacturing security lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead " "times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "制造前置时间" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " "needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " "Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " "in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" " calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing " "lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 msgid "" "However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " "Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" " (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " "simultaneously`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " "date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment " "date is August 1st." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" " :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " "Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " "manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled " "Date` on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` reflects the latest date to " "begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " "Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the " "necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, " "September 20th:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " "security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September " "19th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " "September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by " "a day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " "buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " "include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " "efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " "Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " "delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " "strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " "into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " "output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" " not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step" " Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " "Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " "rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " "and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " "which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " "quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " "delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" "another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " "order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`," " since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is " "completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " "picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. " "Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the " "products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" " packing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" "output location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 msgid "" "By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " "stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " "stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " "step receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 msgid "" "Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " "steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " "three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 msgid "Configure the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 msgid "" "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" " can easily be set back to the one step setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " "section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " "step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接接收产品(1步收货）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "创建采购订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" " a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " "to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "receipt for the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " "(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " "enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " "the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "" "Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" "pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " "Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " "here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " "of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " "reception process in one step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接出货（1步）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 msgid "" "Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " "make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "delivery order for the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 msgid "" "Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 msgid "" "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" " location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " ":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " "before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " "products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " "receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " "locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " "products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" " into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" "In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" " are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " "brought to an output location before being shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " "(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " "being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" " shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " "products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " "following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Configure multi-step routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" "First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " "the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " "deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" " :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " "then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " "steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " "*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." " To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " "form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " "necessary)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " "configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " "connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " "warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" " the end of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form " "— click it to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 msgid "" "The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is" " confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the " "receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be" " :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen " "until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will " "only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Input location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 msgid "Process the internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " "dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " "view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " "button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 msgid "" "Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 msgid "Process the picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" "The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is " "confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to " "reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and" " the delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery " "order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery " "cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery " "order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" " as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" "Operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183 msgid "" "Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product " "is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the " "delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked," " the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " "on the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, " "on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " "begin." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 msgid "" "The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be " "quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again," " and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which " "should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " "then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and " "moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " "the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 msgid "" "In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " "quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step " "Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->" " Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" " will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " "that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " "form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " "To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " "(or update) the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " "(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " "confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " "other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be " ":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " "status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked " ":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " "smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " ":guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " "kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, " "the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " "manufacturing or delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " "product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " "stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:5 msgid "" "There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products " "(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, " "such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the " "amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are" " handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different " "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:12 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:13 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:17 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in " "one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is " "the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the " "receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to " "perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations" " depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as " "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:27 msgid "One-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:29 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:31 msgid "" "**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps " "between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:33 msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:35 msgid "" "Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:37 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:39 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`receipts_delivery_one_step`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 msgid "Two-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:47 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into " "stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:54 msgid "" "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:63 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "Three-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:68 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:70 msgid "" "**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:72 msgid "" "**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:78 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:84 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" ":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Setup and configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "Delivery methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:5 msgid "" "When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of " "calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping " "carts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`, shipping prices are calculated based on " "the carrier's pricing and packaging information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:13 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:19 msgid "" "To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* " "module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " "application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in " "the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` " "module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Install the *Delivery Costs* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:30 msgid "Add shipping method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:32 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:36 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` option is not available from the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is " "enabled by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:40 msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >" " Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:47 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, add a method by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping" " provider, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like " "Fedex, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`. Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:56 msgid "" "For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed" " price `, :ref:`based on rules " "`, or :ref:`pickup in store " "` options, refer to their respective sections " "below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. " "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific " "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free " "shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:68 msgid "" "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the " "sections below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:73 msgid "Fixed price" msgstr "固定价格" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`. Then," " click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this " "option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is " "where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:81 msgid "" "To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified " "amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in " "the amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:85 msgid "" "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends " "over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:101 msgid "Based on rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:103 msgid "" "To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. " "Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional " "margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:108 msgid "Create pricing rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:110 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. " "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the " ":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or " "quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:115 msgid "" "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or " ":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:118 msgid "" "To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, " "set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:125 msgid "" "To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the eCommerce website, in " "the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination " "Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, " "and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:130 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" msgstr "计算运送成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:132 msgid "" "Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that " "satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the " ":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:136 msgid "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:140 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:142 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" msgstr "如果订单包含五件或以下产品，运费为 $20。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:143 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." msgstr "如果订单包含五件以上产品，运费为 $50。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is " "`$9.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "" "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:151 msgid "" "When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + " "9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * " "50) + 9)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:157 msgid "Pickup in store" msgstr "到店提货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:159 msgid "" "To configure in-store pickup, select :guilabel:`Pickup in store` in the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:162 msgid "" "To invoice the customer for the shipping cost to the pickup location, choose" " the :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` option in the " ":guilabel:`Integration Level` field. Then, pick either the " ":guilabel:`Estimated cost` or :guilabel:`Real cost` radio options in the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping " "charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:169 msgid ":ref:`Invoice cost of shipping `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:174 msgid "Add shipping" msgstr "添加物流" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:176 msgid "" "Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery " "products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the " "desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:180 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens " "the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:183 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights " "(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). " "Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` " "to add the shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:188 msgid "" "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total " "product weights defined on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:191 msgid "" "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:195 msgid "" "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is " "added to sales order `S00088`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:203 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:205 msgid "" "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping " "carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method " "on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify" " the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "如何得到用于集成DHL到Odoo的凭证？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "若您想使用 Odoo 的 DHL API接口，您需要：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "DHL.com 网站账号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "DHL 密码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "DHL 账号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "获取美国以外的国家和地区(英国和其他世界各国)的网站ID账号和密码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "您需要联系DHL账号管理中心请求XML格式的API扩展接口。DHL售前工程师应给您相关接口凭据等信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "获取美国网站ID账号和密码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" "您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" "要开始使用，请访问`Sendcloud 的平台 `_，配置账户并生成连接器凭据。使用 " "Sendcloud 账户登录，或根据需要创建一个新账户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " "Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" " and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" "在创建新账户时，Sendcloud 会要求您提供:abbr:`VAT " "（增值税识别）`号码或:abbr:`EORI（经济运营商注册和识别）`号码。完成账户设置后，激活（或停用）将在 Odoo 数据库中使用的运输工具。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " "rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " "required." msgstr "" "Odoo 与 Sendcloud 的整合仅适用于已链接银行账户的免费 Sendcloud 计划，因为 Sendcloud " "不会免费发货。要使用发货规则或单个自定义承运商联系人，则需要 Sendcloud 的付费计划。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "仓库配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" "登录 Sendcloud 账户后，导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 送货 --> 地址`，然后填写 " ":guilabel:`仓库地址`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "在 Sendcloud 设置中添加地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" "为使 Sendcloud 也能处理退货，需要 :guilabel:`退货地址`。在 :guilabel:`杂项部分` 下，有一个名为 " ":guilabel:`地址名称（选填）` 的字段。应在此处输入 Odoo 仓库名称，且字符应完全相同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" msgstr "**SendClould 配置**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" msgstr ":guilabel:`杂项`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`地址名称（选填）`：`仓库 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" msgstr ":guilabel:`品牌`：`默认`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" msgstr "**Odoo 仓库配置**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：`仓库 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " "Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " ":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "设置Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" "安装后，在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中激活 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 送货` " "模块。guilabel:`Sendcloud 连接器`设置位于:guilabel:`发货连接器`部分。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "激活 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 连接器` 后，点击列出的连接器下方的 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 送货方式` " "链接。进入:guilabel:`送货方式`页面后，点击:guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式` 也可以通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 送货 --> 送货方式` 访问。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "在 :guilabel:`新送货方式` 表单中填写以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式`：类型 `Sendcloud DPD`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`供应商`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Sendcloud`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " "`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " "`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " "--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 msgid "" "First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " "the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Starshipit is a shipping service operator that facilitates the integration " "of Australasian shipping couriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can " "create shipping methods that will automatically get rates from specific " "couriers (such as Australia Post, NZ Post, DHL,...) based on predefined " "conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Automatically calculate shipping `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`Integrate other third-party couriers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:15 msgid "Setup in Starshipit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "Create an account and activate couriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:20 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Starshipit's platform `_ to " "configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Starshipit account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:25 msgid "Pickup address configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Once logged into the Starshipit account, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Pickup address`, and fill in the " ":guilabel:`Pickup address`. Ensure this field matches the warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Couriers configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "To integrate with third-party couriers, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Couriers`, and select :guilabel:`Couriers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:45 msgid "" "For details on integrating with different couriers, refer to `Starshipit's " "support center `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:49 msgid "Checkout rates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:51 msgid "" "To configure shipping rate calculations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Checkout rates`. The selected delivery costs " "are automatically applied in Odoo when calculating shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Checkout rates in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:59 msgid "Starshipit API key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Configure shipping rules to assign the correct shipping methods to orders " "based on specific conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "To create a rule, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Rules` and click " ":guilabel:`Add a new rule`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:66 msgid "" "While there are multiple ways to configure rules, it is recommended to set:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Condition` to :guilabel:`Contains`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Value` to the :guilabel:`product code`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Action` to :guilabel:`Set Courier & Product Code`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Shipping rules in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "Finding Starshipit API credentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:81 msgid "" "In the Starshipit account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> API` in " "the side menu. This page contains the :abbr:`API (Application Programming " "Interface)` keys needed to connect to Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Finding the Starshipit API keys." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:93 msgid "Install" msgstr "安装" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "" "After the Starshipit account is set up, integrate it with the Odoo database." " To do that, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping` module, and click :guilabel:`Activate` to " "install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Starshipit Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:106 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the feature by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` " "section, activate the :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:110 msgid "" "After activating :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector`, click the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. " "Once on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "Configure Starshipit in Odoo by filling out the fields on the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Starshipit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Starshipit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: assign or create the delivery product that " "will appear on the sales order line when the cost of shipping is computed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" "The fields discussed in this section are specific to configuring Starshipit." " For more information about the other fields, refer to " ":doc:`delivery_method`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab, fill out these fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit API Key`: enter the :abbr:`API (Application " "Programming Interface)` key :ref:`obtained from Starshipit " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit Subscription Key`: enter the subscription key obtained" " from the same place as the :ref:`API key " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:136 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Origin Address`: Enter the address where products are shipped " "from. This field is crucial for calculating shipping rates and " ":ref:`generating shipping labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Package Type`: Set a default package type to include the " "weight of the empty package when automatically calculating shipping rates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:143 msgid "" "To set a default package type, the *Packages* feature **must** be enabled in" " :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:149 msgid "" "To load the newly configured shipping products, click the :guilabel:`Select " "a service linked to the Starshipit account` link at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:152 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Choose Starshipit Shipping Service` pop-up " "window. In the :guilabel:`Delivery Service` field, choose the desired " "shipping service for deliveries and returns from the drop-down menu. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" "The chosen delivery service will populate in the :guilabel:`Service Name` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:159 msgid "Sample of a Starshipit shipping product configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Sendle: Sendle drop off`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `Sendle Delivery`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Starshipit Service Code`: `STANDARD-DROPOFF`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:170 msgid "" "Starshipit does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means that if a package is created, the account may be" " charged." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after creation " "— this occurs automatically. Please note that depending on the shipping " "provider being used, the account might be charged for printing label, unless" " the order is cancelled manually on the couriers’s portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:180 msgid "" "Switch between the test and production environment by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Environment` smart button at the top of the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Generate a label with Starshipit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add the Starshipit shipping method by " "clicking the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:191 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select Starshipit in" " the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:194 msgid "" "Calculate the shipping rate by clicking :guilabel:`Get rate`. Finally, click" " :guilabel:`Add` to include the cost of shipping to the sales order line, " "labeled as the *delivery product*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" "Automatically calculate shipping costs for Starshipit in **both** Odoo " "*Sales* and *eCommerce* applications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are " "automatically generated in the chatter, which includes the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:206 msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking number(s)` if the selected courier supports it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Starshipit connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of a shipped order in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:214 msgid "" "Package weight in Odoo is calculated by adding the weights of the products " "plus the empty package saved in the database. Ensure the correct shipping " "option is selected, as the package weight is not automatically verified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:218 msgid "" "Verify the destination address, as Starshipit checks it when the order is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:220 msgid "" "Finally, some couriers may require other information, such as an email " "address or phone number. Please ensure that all necessary information are " "set upon sending a shipping order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Returns" msgstr "退货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "Starshipit allows returns with the following couriers:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:227 msgid "Australia Post eParcel" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:228 msgid "TNT" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:229 msgid "Couriers Please" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:230 msgid "Aramex" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:231 msgid "StarTrack" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:232 msgid "DHL Express" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "NZ Post Domestic" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "This can be done by clicking the :guilabel:`Return` smart button on the " "intended delivery order. If the selected courier supports returns, the " ":guilabel:`Print Return Label` button will be available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:242 msgid "" "If a delivery order is cancelled in Odoo, it will be automatically archived " "in Starshipit. However, the cancellation will not be sent to the courier " "itself, so make sure to log onto the courier's platform to handle the " "cancellation manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "如何和第三方货代集成？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和货运公司的追踪系统链接。这会让你管理货代公司, 运输价格以及目的地。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **运接** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电子商务集成, 你需要安装 **电子商务发货** 模块。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." msgstr "" "货代供应商的交货方式已经自动创建了。大多数情况下, 一些货代供应商会有 **2** 种交货方式 :一个是 **际运** , 一个是 **内运**" " 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "你还可以用其他配置给同一个供给创建其他方式, 例如 **装类** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "你可以更改发货方式的 **** 。该名称会显示在电商模块中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "如何准备使用的话， 就标记为 **以发** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:56 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "在价格栏位, 选择在 **格计** 下面的的货代意味着价格是由货代系统计算出来的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "货代配置被拆分为两列 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "第一个和 **的账** 链接(开发者秘钥, 密码, ……), 更多信息参照货代的网站。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " "the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." msgstr "" "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。对国内的用户很有用。例如 USPS " "US只在美国国内运输。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单位, 不要忘了进行转换。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:109 msgid "Sale process" msgstr "销售过程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:112 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "销售订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:117 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "现在你可以在销售订单选择货代。点击 **货方** 选择合适的一个。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:120 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "在你保存订单或者点击 **置价** 的时候价格就会计算。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:123 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "如果你想要给销售订单的运费开票, 点击 **置价** , 它就会把运输方式作为一个产品名称添加到销售订单上。可能和实际价格存在差异。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:127 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "发货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:134 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "销售订单产生的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息。如果有需要的话, 可以更改货代信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:143 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "发货重量根据产品的重量计算。一旦调拨确认后运输成本就会计算。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:146 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "点击 **** 接收追踪号码。 **运商追踪参** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **** 按钮查看发货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "如何得到用于集成UPS的证书？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "要使用Odoo UPS API, 你需要 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "一个 UPS.com 用户 ID 和密码" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "一个UPS 账户号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "登陆秘钥" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " "UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "访问密钥是一个16个字符的字母数字代码，允许访问UPS Developer Kit API开发和生产服务器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "创建一个UPS账号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "注意 :只有在美国本土的客户才可以在线开启UPS账户。如果你不在美国本土, 你需要和UPS客服联系取得账号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "`_" msgstr "" "在UPS主页你可以得到更加详细的关于如何申请UPS账号的信息 :\n" " `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "如果你还没有UPS账号, 你可以根据以下步骤创建一个在线的配置 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" "1.访问UPS网站，网址为 `www.ups.com `__ ，然后单击页面顶部的 **用** 链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "2．点击 **MyUPS注** 按钮, 按照以下流程完成注册过程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线配置中" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "使用UPS.com用户名和密码登录`UPS.com网站 `_)。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "点击 **户概** 链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详** 部分点击 **加现有的UPS账** 链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" "5. 在 **加新的账** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号** ， **户名** ， 以及 **** 等字段， 默认的国家是美国" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "点击 **一** 按钮继续。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "获取访问密匙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "`_" msgstr "前往`UPS开发工具包网页 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "点击 **求访问密** 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "验证联系信息" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "点击 **求访问密** 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **问密** , 同时带有访问的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:7 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" "When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" "Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " "this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:24 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:40 msgid "" "Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" " settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " "options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " ":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:128 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:129 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:58 msgid "" "Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:73 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:78 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:81 msgid "" "A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," " for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:92 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:105 msgid "" "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:114 msgid "" "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " "transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " "(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:148 msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:125 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:139 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:142 msgid "" "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " "transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" " the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:147 msgid "" "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:154 msgid "" "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " "product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:165 msgid "" "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." " On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" " for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" "要查看完整的产品列表，请切换到 :guilabel:`操作` " "选项卡。在此列表中，:guilabel:`需求`列显示订单所需数量。:guilabel:`保留` " "列显示完成订单的可用库存。最后，:guilabel:`已完成`列说明已拣选并准备好进行下一步的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:171 msgid "" "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " "`, is only visible in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:175 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:182 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "创建欠单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:184 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:189 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:194 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:205 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:208 msgid "" "By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " "the detailed list of products for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:215 msgid "" "For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " "page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " "record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " "the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " "picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:221 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:225 msgid "" "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:229 msgid "" "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " "scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:237 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:10 msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from " ":ref:`batch picking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:13 msgid "" "In this strategy, pickers load a cart with multiple packages, each " "designated for a specific *sales order* (SO). Then, the picker travels to " "each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of " "the associated order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:17 msgid "" "This method is most efficient for medium-sized companies, with high order " "volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the" " need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:21 msgid "" "However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent " "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:28 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:32 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:34 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:36 msgid "" "Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the " "picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated " "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:40 msgid "" "With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to " "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:50 msgid "" "To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " "options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." msgstr "在设置中激活*软件包*和*批量传输*功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:58 msgid "" "Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:62 msgid "" "*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they " "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:65 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:74 msgid "Packages setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:76 msgid "" "After the :guilabel:`Packages` feature is enabled, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:79 msgid "" "On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled " "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:172 msgid ":ref:`Packages `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid "" "A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy " "identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using " "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Disposable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." msgstr "创建新软件包表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:98 msgid "Create cluster batch" msgstr "创建群组批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:100 msgid "" "To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together" " in the same batch. After confirming an |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart" " button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing " "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:106 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 msgid "" "After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays " "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " "`Delivery`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:116 msgid "" "With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, " "navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first " "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:120 msgid "" "Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the " ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:124 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in one step `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to " "add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the " ":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:136 msgid "" "To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above " "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:140 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:141 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:142 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 msgid "" "Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add " "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:164 msgid "Process batches" msgstr "处理批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:166 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:171 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:175 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is " "configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form `. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container " "during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:179 msgid "" "Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the " "product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:183 msgid "" "Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and " "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:186 msgid "" "At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:197 msgid "In Barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:199 msgid "" "To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 msgid "" "On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by " "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for " "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 msgid "" "To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the " ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:215 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:223 msgid "" "Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location," " `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode " "`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need " "products from this particular location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:227 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:237 msgid "" "After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo " "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "在仓库中组织交叉转运" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "交叉转运是指将收到的产品直接发给客户，而不让产品入库。卡车只需在*交叉转运*区卸货，以便重新整理产品并装到另一辆卡车上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "这样还将启用*储存位置*功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" "现在，*入向*和*出向*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "配置产品的交叉转运路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" "创建使用*交叉转运路线*的产品，然后，在库存选项卡中，选择*购买*和*交叉转运*路线。现在，在采购选项卡中，指定向其采购产品的供应商并设定价格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " "The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " "Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " "area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" "完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待其他作业*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "现在，前往*采购*应用程序。你可找到系统自动触发的采购订单。确认该订单，并在*入货库位*接收产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "当从供应商处接收产品后，你可返回初始采购订单，并将内部调拨从*入货*变为*出货*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "交货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认交货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" "For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " "This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" "However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " "count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " "stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:15 msgid "Activate storage locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" " feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " "Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " "frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" "To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " "configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " "location settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" " this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " "value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "需要每 30 天清点一次库存的位置应将 :guilabel:`库存频率（天数）` 值设置为 `30`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" "Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " "applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " "set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " "(Days)` field." msgstr "" "将频率改为所需的天数后，单击 :guilabel:`保存` 保存更改。现在，一旦对该位置应用了库存调整，就会根据输入 :guilabel:` " "库存频率（天数）`字段的值自动设置下一个计划清点日期。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "Count inventory by location" msgstr "按位置计算库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:61 msgid "" "To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" "要对仓库中的特定位置执行周期计数，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 库存调整`。这将显示一个 " ":guilabel:`库存调整` 页面，其中包含当前库存的所有产品，每个产品都列在自己的行中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:66 msgid "" "From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" " the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " "select specific locations and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" "在此页面，可使用 :guilabel:`筛选器` 和 :guilabel:`分组方式` 按钮（位于页面顶部，在 :guilabel:`搜索...` " "栏下）选择特定位置并执行库存清点。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "库存调整页面。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:74 msgid "" "To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " "click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " "reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." msgstr "" "要选择特定位置并查看该位置内的所有产品，请单击 :guilabel:`分组方式`，然后单击 " ":guilabel:`添加自定义分组`，右侧会出现一个新的下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:77 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " "location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " "be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" "下拉菜单中单击:guilabel:`位置`，然后单击:guilabel:`应用`。页面现在显示了仓库中每个有库存产品的位置的精简下拉菜单，并可以对该位置中的所有产品进行循环盘点。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:82 msgid "" "In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " "it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." " Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." msgstr "" "在有多个地点和大量产品的大型仓库中，搜索所需的特定地点可能更容易。要执行此操作，请从:guilabel:`库存调整` 页面单击 " ":guilabel:`筛选器`。然后，单击 :guilabel:` 添加自定义筛选器`，右侧会出现一个新菜单。单击该菜单可显示三个下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:87 msgid "" "For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" "down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " "the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " "for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" "对于第一个字段，单击并从下拉菜单中选择:guilabel:`位置`。对于第二个字段，保持:guilabel:`包含`值不变。在第三个字段中，键入要搜索的位置名称。点击" " :guilabel:`应用`使该位置出现在页面上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "在库存调整页面应用了筛选器和分组。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:97 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" msgstr "更改全面库存清点频率" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "" "While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " "for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " "be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "虽然周期清点通常是按地点进行的，但也可以手动更改对仓库中所有库存物品进行全面库存清点的预定日期，以便将日期提前到所列日期之前。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:103 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " "field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " "by default." msgstr "" "要修改默认计划日期，请访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后，在 :guilabel:`操作` " "部分，找到 :guilabel:`年度盘存日期（日月）` 设置字段，其中包括一个下拉菜单，默认设置为 `31` :guilabel:`12 月` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "库存应用程序设置中的频率字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:112 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "要更改日期，请单击 `31`，然后根据所需的年份月份，将其更改为 `1-31` 范围内的某一天。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "如要更改月份，请单击 :guilabel:`12 月` 显示下拉菜单，并选择所需的月份。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "完成所有更改后，单击 :guilabel:`保存` 保存所有更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr ":doc:`../inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " "purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " "will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" "大多数情况下，存放在公司仓库中的产品要么购买自供应商，要么由公司内部生产。不过，供应商有时会让公司在其仓库中储存和销售产品，而无需预先购买这些物品。这就是*寄售*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" "Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " "easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " "storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " "enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" "要接收、存储和销售寄售库存，需要在设置中启用该功能。执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存-->配置-->设置`，在 " ":guilabel:`可追踪性` 部分，选中 :guilabel:`寄售` 旁边的复选框，然后单击 :guilabel:`保存` 完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "启用库存配置中的寄售设置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" msgstr "接收（并存储）寄售库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "在 Odoo 中启用该功能后，现在可以将寄售库存接收到仓库中。从主 :menuselection:`库存` 仪表板中，单击进入 " ":guilabel:`收据` 部分。然后，单击:guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" "Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " "received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" "寄售存货实际上不是从供应商处购买的，只是接收和储存而已。因此，接收寄售存货时不涉及报价单或采购订单。因此，*每次*接收寄售存货时都要先创建手工收据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" "Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " "warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " "Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" "To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" "Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " "order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will " "become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" "Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" "Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products " "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" "To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the " ":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " "in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " "moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " ":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" "To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " ":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" "View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " "report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " "addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the " ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations " "upon shipment arrival." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how" " products move through specified warehouse locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to " "efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval " "for future delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can " "also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by " "directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:36 msgid "Define putaway rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" "To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the " ":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:43 msgid "" "Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or " "package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:47 msgid "" "In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where " "the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Store to` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:50 msgid "" "For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*" " of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside " "`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:55 msgid "" "In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-" "locations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:57 msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:58 msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:60 msgid "" "Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field " ":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the " ":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:63 msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:70 msgid "Putaway rule priority" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from " "highest to lowest) until a match is found:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:75 msgid "Package type and product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:76 msgid "Package type and product category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:79 msgid "Product category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:82 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:84 msgid "" "When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it " "is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" "`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when " "receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected" " to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:88 msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:89 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:90 msgid "" "Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small" " Refrigerator`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:97 msgid "Storage categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:99 msgid "" "A *storage category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " "allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " "location, and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:106 msgid "" "To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories`" " feature in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:111 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature **must** be enabled to enable " ":guilabel:`Storage Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:115 msgid "Define storage category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:117 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:120 msgid "" "On the storage category form, type a name for the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:122 msgid "" "Options are available to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:133 msgid "" "Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items and ensure real-time storage " "capacity checks by creating the `High Frequency pallets` storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:136 msgid "" "Name the :guilabel:`Storage Category`, and select :guilabel:`If all products" " are same` in the :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:139 msgid "" "Then, define package capacity in the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, " "specifying the number of packages for the designated :guilabel:`Package " "Type` and setting a maximum of `2.00` `Pallets` for a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create a storage category on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " "linked to a location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:149 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the location. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` and select the created category in the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:154 msgid "" "Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category to the " "`WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:162 msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:164 msgid "" "To continue the example from above, apply the `High Frequency Pallets` on " "the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations and :ref:`rework the putaway rules " "` as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:167 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:169 msgid "" "If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:170 msgid "" "If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:171 msgid "" "If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" "Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from " "two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" " to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to " "fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " "following before proceeding:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a " "sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " "packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "" "Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock" " in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real " "warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" " ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" "Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or " ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the " "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" "Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that " "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " "warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " "out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the " "warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and " "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. " "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse configurations " "<../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Resupply from another warehouse " "<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding " "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" "While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this " "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" "To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location " "configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" "Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse " ":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " "(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" "Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical " "Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " "from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "" "To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent " "Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. " "`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "" "Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills " "orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" " insufficient stock in any one location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" "Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to " ":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " "physical warehouses together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "" "Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was " ":ref:`previously created `, from the " ":guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" "On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, " "set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" " product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, " "the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at " "least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " "respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" " quantities:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " "`VWH`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" "Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, " "add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " "the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " "value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " "`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" " tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse " "delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" " the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the " ":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " "tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:209 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " "order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " "different warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " "the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " "the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " "the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the" " :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " "orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:3 msgid "Packages and packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of ways to specify the amount of products being" " bought, stocked, and sold. *Packages* and *packagings* are all available to" " streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of configurations for " "products as they enter and leave the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:14 msgid "" "Packages are a physical container that holds one or several products from a " "picking, typically used for outgoing deliveries or internal transfers. " "Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** " "specific to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:18 msgid "" "Reusable boxes temporarily hold products during a picking to be brought to " "either a packing or shipping area. Disposable boxes are the actual shipping " "containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are " "used to ship the products out to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:22 msgid "" "Multiple items in a sales order (SO) can be separated into different " "packages to accommodate the products. For example, an :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)` that has 20 boxes of pencils and 4 boxes of erasers can be separated" " into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes" " of erasers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:28 msgid "" "Products do *not* have to be divided equally. Products can be divided into " "as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package needs to be recorded, so " "there is a full history for each product, including which package each item " "is shipped out in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "To use this method, ensure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then " ":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:38 msgid "" "On a delivery order, assign which package to use by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the" " :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst-1 msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:45 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon of a product reveals a" " pop-up window. In this window, the :guilabel:`Product` name, " ":guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed " "above the customizable product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:49 msgid "" "Here, the warehouse location the product is coming from can be modified, in " "addition to the :guilabel:`Source Package` and :guilabel:`Destination " "Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged " "into." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:53 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to include each additional package used. Enter " "the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of " "products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:58 msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "Although a :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is typically associated with a single" " package, orders can be split by clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed " "Operations)` icon next to the products on an :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` line. " "This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table" " to specify which products are intended for which package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:66 msgid "" "To package 10 boxes of pencils with 2 boxes of erasers from the same " ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, begin by navigating to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery " "Order)`. Then, select the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon to the " "right of the product, `Box of Pencils`. Clicking the icon opens the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, " "like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:72 msgid "" "Type in `10` under the :guilabel:`Done` field to package 10 products into " "the :guilabel:`Destination Package`. To specify the destination package, " "type the name of an existing package (such as `PACK0000006`) under the " "field, :guilabel:`Destination Package`. If the package does not exist, Odoo " "displays the :guilabel:`Create` button to create a new package. Click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, " "`PACK0000007`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can " "be specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:82 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` on the product line for `Box of " "Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and " "`PACK0000007` each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:89 msgid "" "Once all the products for each line have been entered, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:92 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Done` quantity on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` updates as " "products are selected for each package. When the :guilabel:`Done` amount " "matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button" " to complete the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:97 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button is intended to quickly package all " "products in the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` into one new package. The option" " to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:101 msgid "" "Clicking on the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button in the upper-right corner " "of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used" " in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:105 msgid "Packagings" msgstr "包装" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "*Packaging* is product specific, and refers to a disposable container that " "holds several units of a specific product. Unlike packages, packagings " "cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the " "individual product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:111 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda can be configured as a " "6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36. Each flavor of soda would need a `6`, " "`12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since " "packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:116 msgid "Set up packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:118 msgid "" "To use packagings, ensure the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature is " "enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " "check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:123 msgid "" "In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory " "transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:125 msgid "" "Next, to create packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, a " "pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging" " should be entered:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase " "orders as a packaging option for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier used with the :ref:`Barcode app " "` to trace the packaging of a product during stock" " moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:141 msgid "" "Create a packaging type for 6 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, by naming " "the :guilabel:`Packaging` to `6-pack` and setting the :guilabel:`Contained " "quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:149 msgid "" "When all the necessary information has been entered, either click " ":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the packaging and return to the product " "detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create " "another one in a fresh pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:154 msgid "" "View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n" "Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:162 msgid "View all packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:164 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:170 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packaging configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " "product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 " "products, or a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:181 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product(s). The chosen packaging is " "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " "only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:21 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " "the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " "operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " "operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " "desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" "To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " "option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:66 msgid "" "To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:5 msgid "Inventory management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:7 msgid "" "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " "database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " "warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, " "human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must " "be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" " the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:16 msgid "" "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:23 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are " "currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " "following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:32 msgid "" "If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " "than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " "Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific" " product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or " ":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " ":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is " "currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, " "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " "accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments " "are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " "database, next to the user currently logged in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:63 msgid "" "Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the " ":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of " "the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " "checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:70 msgid "" "To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:74 msgid "" "On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" " tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " "number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to " "`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` " "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:87 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " "their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:158 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" " quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:106 msgid "" "At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:110 msgid "" "There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is " "to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the " "page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. " "Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is " "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:116 msgid "" "From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " "inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / " "Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " "on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:120 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:133 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:137 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:146 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " "clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:150 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:154 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:164 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:172 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " "product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " "can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "更改库存清点频率" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " "companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:185 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:193 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:199 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:207 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:211 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " ":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:219 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " "Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " "information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the on-hand quantity of each " "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:230 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:233 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:237 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "创建第二个仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" "A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " "Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" " between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " "with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," " select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " ":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " "referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" " the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " "vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 msgid "" "The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" " :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " "they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" " outgoing shipments should follow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " "from this warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " "this warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " "manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " "to be delivered to the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " "the warehouse being created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" "Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " "Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " "warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " "will be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "添加库存到新仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" "If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " "inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " "Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " "to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " "adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " "adjustment can be referred to by" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " "include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" " added to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " "or leave blank to select any product during the next step" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " "zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " "have no existing inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " "bookkeeping related to the inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " "user's company or as a customer or vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " "products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " "affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " "to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " "adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " "fill out the product line as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " "the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " "within the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " "serial number used to identify it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " "location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " "new location or warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " "values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " ":guilabel:`Counted` column" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 msgid "" "After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " ":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " "values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" " :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " "inventory of the new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "从另一个仓库补给" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " "that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " "local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" "To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" "After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " "warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" " :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " "warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " "warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "设置产品路由" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "" "After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " "available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " "Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " "product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" "When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " ":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " "automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " "the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " "second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" "On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" msgstr "地点" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" "A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " "room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" "*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " "company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " "shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " "bays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " "exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 msgid "" "*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " "items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " "not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," " or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 msgid "" "In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" " enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " "form can then be configured as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " "location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" " exists within" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " "is inside of" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " "scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " "returned to this location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " "for how items should be taken from inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 msgid "Create location hierarchies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" "The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" " to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " "as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " "within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " "structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 msgid "" "Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " "aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" "To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " "the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " "as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " "magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," " which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "在仓库内" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " "storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " "receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " "Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " "to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " "picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " "the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" " and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" " to customers." msgstr "" "这是实现途径的示例。 早上，为当天需要准备的所有订单拣选物品。 这些项目是从存储位置中提取的，并移至靠近订单打包位置的提取区域。 " "然后，将订单包装在各自的盒子中，并用输送机将它们带到装运码头附近，准备将其交付给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:49 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "使用 *拉规则* ，对某些产品的需求会触发采购，而 *推规则* 是由到达特定位置的产品触发的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:52 msgid "" "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " "*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:56 msgid "" "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:59 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " "*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:65 msgid "" "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" " pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " "backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:73 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "" "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " "Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:81 msgid "" "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:85 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:89 msgid "" "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " "rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " "example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:97 msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:99 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:106 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "通过自动生成租赁产品的退货动作，帮助进行租赁管理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:120 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "预配置的路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "" "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " "user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " "the route form, the user can view which places the route is " ":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " "a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:154 msgid "" "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " ":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:163 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "定制路线" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:165 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:173 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:176 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " "be manually set on the product category form by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:181 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " "the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:189 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " ":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:197 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:201 msgid "" "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:208 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:211 msgid "" "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " "--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:220 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:223 msgid "Rules" msgstr "规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:225 msgid "" "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:233 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" " specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " "from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:240 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " "in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:243 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " "two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " "at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " "fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:258 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " "products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " "Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:277 msgid "" "If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " "to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:281 msgid "Sample full route flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "" "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:289 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "" "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:319 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:326 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "显然，包装区要有待包装的产品。所以，需发起一次内部调货，然后员工才可以从仓库集货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:333 msgid "" "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " "process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " "which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" " (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:338 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to " "transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse " "transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-" "warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during " "and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " "an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide " "additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " "needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an " "additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will " "be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " "another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " "identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a" " new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. " "Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " "will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "" "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 msgid "" "For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are " "transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the " "warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " "Francisco 2\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 msgid "" "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " "transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " "a new one, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable " "the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the " "warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " "that products are transferred from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 msgid "" "Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will" " be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " "the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" " being replenished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " "take place" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* " "being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " "product will be transferred from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The form for replenishing a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the " "outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive " "the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and " "incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require " "between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" "step deliveries and receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 msgid "Process the delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 msgid "" "The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the" " warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` " "button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, " "then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order" " page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to " "reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has" " been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " "quantities shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " "that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`" " button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then " "the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " "quantities received." msgstr "" "货物到达入库仓库后，必须同时处理为该仓库创建的收据。返回到 :menuselection:`库存` 仪表板，在 :guilabel:`收据` " "卡上为入库仓库选择 :guilabel:`X 待处理` 按钮，然后选择为补货创建的收据。在收据页面，单击页面左上角的 :guilabel:`验证` " "按钮，登记收到的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 msgid "" "After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in " "the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both " "warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " ":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." msgstr "" "处理收据后，转入的产品将出现在转入仓库的库存中。返回产品页面并选择屏幕顶部的 :guilabel:`X 库存单位`按钮，即可查看两个仓库的库存数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "仓库间补货自动化" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 msgid "" "Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " "replenishing one warehouse from another." msgstr "利用重新排序规则，可以自动完成从一个仓库到另一个仓库的补货过程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 msgid "" "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the " "product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the " "top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to " "configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" "要开始操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择要补货的产品。在产品页面，选择表单顶部的 " ":guilabel:`重新排序规则` 智能按钮，然后在下一页点击 :guilabel:`创建` 以配置表单如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " "when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" msgstr ":guilabel:`Location`（位置）：触发重新订货规则时需要补充的位置，本例中为入库仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " "warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" msgstr ":guilabel:`最低数量`：当入库仓库的库存数量低于此数量时，将触发重新订购规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" " will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" msgstr ":guilabel:`最大数量`：当重新订购规则被触发时，产品将在进货仓库中补货到此数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " "replenished in batches of 20" msgstr ":guilabel:`多个数量`：指定产品是否应按一定数量分批补充；例如，产品可按 20 个数量分批补充" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this " "value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr ";guilabel:`UoM`：重新订购产品时使用的度量单位；该值可以是简单的 `单位`，也可以是重量、长度等的特定度量单位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." msgstr "完全配置的重新排序规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 msgid "" "Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created." " Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " "created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." msgstr "" "最后点击:guilabel:`保存`，重新排序规则将被创建。现在，当每天自动运行排期工具时，对于每个被触发的重新订货规则，都将创建一个调拨。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 msgid "" "To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> " "Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" " pop-up that appears." msgstr "" "要手动触发重新排序规则，请从 :menuselection:`库存` 模块开始，选择 :menuselection:`操作 --> " "运行排期工具`，然后在弹出窗口中点击绿色的 :guilabel:`运行排期工具` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 msgid "" "After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for " "the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " "and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." msgstr "排期工具运行后，将分别为出库和入库仓库创建交货单和收据。交货单和收据的处理方法与上文详述的相同。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" msgstr "管理仓库和位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " "items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " "can create moves between warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 msgid "" "A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " "sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " "Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " "to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " "be configured as needed under one warehouse." msgstr "" "**位置**是仓库内的特定空间。它可以是仓库的一个子位置（货架、地板、过道等）。因此，一个位置只属于一个仓库，不可能将一个位置链接到多个仓库。在 " "Odoo 中，一个仓库下可根据需要配置多个位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "There are three types of locations:" msgstr "有 3 种类型的位置：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " "areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "**物理库位** 是公司拥有的仓库的内部库位。它们可以是仓库的装卸区、货架、或一个区域等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " "difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "**合作伙伴库位**是客户和/或供应商仓库内的位置。它们与物理库位相同，唯一区别是它们不属于用户的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " "anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " "Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " "(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" "**虚拟库位** " "是指在仓库中没有实际物理地方的位置，当产品尚未（或不再）实际进入库存时，可以将其放置在虚拟位置。在记录丢失的产品（**库存损失**）或核算正在运往仓库的产品（**采购**）时，它们会派上用场。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " "structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " "more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " "organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 msgid "" "To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" "To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 msgid "Create a new warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " "The short name is five characters maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " "documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " "letters of location]\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " "related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " "created warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 msgid "" "Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " ":guilabel:`Locations` setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 msgid "Create a new location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" " and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "库存计价" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "将额外成本整合到产品中（到岸成本） " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:7 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "Odoo 到岸成本功能允许用户将额外费用（运费、保险、关税等）计入产品成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:13 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " "gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " "costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" "首先，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 估值` 并激活 :guilabel:`到岸成本` 功能。Odoo " "还提供设置 :guilabel:`默认日记账` 选项，落地成本的会计分录将记录在其中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "在库存设置中激活到岸成本功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "向产品添加成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "接收供应商账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "" "After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " "Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " "the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " "line." msgstr "" "供应商完成采购订单并发送账单后，单击采购订单上的 :guilabel:`创建账单` 在 Odoo " "中创建供应商账单。如果供应商账单包括到岸成本（如关税），请勾选供应商账单发票行中 :guilabel:`到岸成本` 列的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." msgstr "启用供应商账单项目中的到岸成本选项。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:35 msgid "" "For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " "Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " "bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " "information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" "对于始终是到岸成本的费用，可在 Odoo " "中创建到岸成本产品。这样，就可以将到岸成本产品作为发票项目快速添加到供应商账单中，而不用每次收到供应商账单时都手动输入到岸成本信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " "always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" " tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" "首先，在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> 产品 --> 创建` 中创建一个新产品。接下来，命名到岸成本产品。然后，将 " ":guilabel:`产品类型` 设为 :guilabel:`服务`。到岸成本产品必须始终是服务产品类型。然后，转到 :guilabel:`采购` " "选项卡，选中 :guilabel:`是到岸成本` 旁边的复选框。最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 完成创建到岸成本产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "如果该产品始终为到岸成本，你可在产品上进行定义，避免在每张供应商账单上都要打勾。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " ":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " "product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " "the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " "the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " "lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " "the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "将到岸成本添加到供应商账单后（通过勾选发票行的 :guilabel:`到岸成本` 选项或在账单中添加到岸成本产品），单击账单顶部的 " ":guilabel:`创建到岸成本` 按钮。Odoo 会自动在 :guilabel:`附加费用` 产品行中创建已设定的到岸成本记录。在此，单击 " ":guilabel:`编辑` 并从 :guilabel:`调拨` 下拉菜单中选择分拣参考编号，以决定额外成本适用于哪个分拣。最后，点击 " ":guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:64 msgid "" "After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " "record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " "impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " "landed cost entry to the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:68 msgid "" "The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " "cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72 msgid "" "The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " "set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " "Costing)` method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost journal entry" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "" "Landed cost records can also be directly created in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " "necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "库存计价配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" "All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " "inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " "records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " "inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts " "journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that " "warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method " "is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." msgstr "" "默认情况下，Odoo 使用定期库存估价（也称为手动库存估价）。这种方法意味着会计团队会根据公司的实际库存，记录日记账分录，仓库员工也会花时间清点库存。在" " Odoo 中，这种方法反映在每个产品类别中，其中 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 字段将默认设置为`标准价格`，而 " ":guilabel:`库存估值` 字段将设置为`手动`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "库存估价字段位于产品类别表单中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " "entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a " "company's inventory." msgstr "另外，自动存货估价是一种综合估价方法，每当公司存货在不同地点之间发生存货移动时，就会创建日记账分录，从而实时更新存货价值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " "Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically " "checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing " "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" "鉴于日记账分录配置涉及额外步骤，建议专业会计师采用自动存货估价方法。即使在初始设置之后，也需要定期检查该方法，以确保准确性，并根据企业需求和优先事项不断进行调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "会计类型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "激活 :ref:`开发者模式` 并导航至 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置` 以验证会计模式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " "only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " "*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" " both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " "product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " "used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "Costing methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 msgid "" "Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " "valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 msgid "" "**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " "product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " "compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " "differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." msgstr "" "**标准价格**：是 Odoo " "的默认成本计算方法。产品成本在产品表单中手动定义，并使用该成本计算估值。即使采购订单上的采购价格不同，估价仍将使用产品表单上定义的成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 msgid "" "**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " "average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" " on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " "constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." msgstr "" "**平均成本法（AVCO）**：根据产品的平均成本除以手头可用存货总数来计算产品估值。采用这种成本计算方法，存货估值是*动态*的，会根据产品的购买价格不断调整。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" "**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " "items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " "valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " "sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " "lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " "valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " "inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " "sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" "**先进先出（FIFO）**：实时追踪进货和出货成本，并使用产品的实际价格来改变估价。最旧的进货价被用作下一个售出产品的成本，直到该产品整批售出。当下一个库存批次进入队列时，根据该特定批次的估值使用更新的产品成本。这种方法可以说是最准确的库存估值方法，不过，它对输入数据和人为误差非常敏感。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 msgid "" "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" " recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " "here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " "choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " "desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " ":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " "In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " ":guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Using the inventory " "valuation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " "products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " ":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " "purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " "value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " "from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " "change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " "changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " "all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" " for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " ":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to " ":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all" " at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " "to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting " ":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal " "entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the " ":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, " "filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7 msgid "" "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " "calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " "valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " "physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17 msgid "" "To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " "entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "接收产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 msgid "" "To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" " the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " "desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" " icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" " link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " "purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" " :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " "displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " "affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "`" " feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " "product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" " the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "产品发货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " "valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " ":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " "with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" " :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" "up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " "date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107 msgid "" "View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" "hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " "right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " "represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:127 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " "Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " ":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " "product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " "reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" " Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " "recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:138 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" " only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " "inflation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148 msgid "" "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " "dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " "valuation records are identified by checking values in the " ":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " "value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " "for receipts)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " "accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " "of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:159 msgid "" "To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " "reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " "found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." " Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " "matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " "the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:176 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:6 msgid "Removal strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:8 msgid "" "For companies with warehouses, *removal strategies* determine **which** " "products are taken from the warehouse, and **when**. For example, for " "perishable products, prioritizing the picking of goods with the nearest " "expiration date helps minimize food spoilage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:12 msgid "" "The following columns in the table below list the removal strategies " "available in Odoo, and detail how pickings are determined along with the " "picking order. Leverage these removal strategies to have Odoo automatically " "select how products are selected for orders:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`FIFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`LIFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`FEFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Closest Location `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:25 msgid ":doc:`Least Packages `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:26 msgid "Based on" msgstr "基于" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Incoming date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`Location sequence `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Package quantity `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:32 msgid "Selection order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:33 msgid "First in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:34 msgid "Last in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`First to expire `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:36 msgid "" ":ref:`Alphanumeric name of location `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:37 msgid "Quantity closest to fulfilling demand" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:39 msgid "" "For comprehensive examples for how to use each removal strategy, refer to " "each individual documentation page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Removal strategies are set on either the product category or storage " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or " "Locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:53 msgid "" "Configure removal strategies on the location by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, and selecting " "the desired location. On the location form, choose a removal strategy from " "the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field's drop-down menu options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:58 msgid "" "To set a removal strategy on a location, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " "and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:62 msgid "" "These features are **only** necessary when setting the removal strategy on a" " location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " "selecting the intended product category. Next, choose a removal strategy " "from the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` drop-down menu options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:69 msgid "" "When there are different removal strategies applied on both the location and" " product category for a product, the value set on the :guilabel:`Force " "Removal Strategy` field set on a :guilabel:`Product Category` form is " "applied as top priority." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:94 msgid "Required features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:76 msgid "" "While some removal strategies are available by default, some additional " "features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings` for the removal strategy option to appear in the drop-down " "menu of the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` or :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:81 msgid "" "Refer to the table below for a summary of required features. Otherwise, " "refer to the dedicated sections for the removal strategy for more details on" " requirements and usage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:89 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:90 msgid "LIFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:91 msgid "FEFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:92 msgid "Closest Location" msgstr "最近位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:93 msgid "Least Packages" msgstr "最少包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:96 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers" msgstr "批次和序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:97 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers, Expiration Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:98 msgid "Storage Locations, Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:104 msgid "Lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:106 msgid "" "Lots and serial numbers differentiate identical products and track " "information like arrival or expiration dates. To enable this feature, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under" " the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box beside :guilabel:`Lots " "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " "navigating to the product form through :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product. On the product " "form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field, select either the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial " "Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:121 msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " "during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 msgid "Locations and routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:128 msgid "" "**Storage locations** and **multi-step routes** are necessary features for " "setting **all** types of removal strategies on a location. However, these " "features are specifically required for the closest location removal strategy" " since it is only applied at the location level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:132 msgid "" "To activate these features, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, enable" " the :guilabel:`Storage Location` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable the locations and route features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:97 msgid "Expiration date" msgstr "到期日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:145 msgid "" "Enable the **expiration date** feature to track expiration dates, best " "before dates, removal dates, and alert dates on a lot or serial number by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:149 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, ensure the :guilabel:`Lots & " "Serial Numbers` feature is selected, and then select the check box for " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable expiration dates feature for FEFO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:161 msgid "" "The *packages* feature is used to group products together and is required " "for the least packages removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "select the check box for the :guilabel:`Packages` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable the packages feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:173 msgid "" ":doc:`2-step delivery " "<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:174 msgid "" ":doc:`3-step delivery " "<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:3 msgid "Closest location removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:5 msgid "" "For the *Closest Location* removal strategy, products are picked based on " "the alphanumeric order of storage location titles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:8 msgid "" "The goal of this strategy is to save the warehouse worker from taking a long" " journey to a farther shelf when the product is also available at a closer " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`About removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:16 msgid "" "To understand *location sequence* in the closest removal strategy, consider " "the following example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:19 msgid "" "A product is stored in the following locations: `Shelf A/Pallet`, `Shelf " "A/Rack 1`, and `Shelf A/Rack 2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1 msgid "Show a mockup of real storage location in a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:26 msgid "" "The sublocation, `Pallet`, is on the ground level. Products stored here are " "easier to retrieve, compared to requiring a forklift to reach `Rack 1` and " "`Rack 2`. The storage locations were strategically named in alphabetic " "order, based on ease of access." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:31 msgid "" "To use this removal strategy, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and " ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:35 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up removal strategy `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:40 msgid "Location names" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:42 msgid "" "To configure location names, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Then, select" " an existing location, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, and " "then enter the desired name in the :guilabel:`Location Name` field." msgstr "" "要配置位置名称，首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`。然后，选择一个现有位置，或点击 " ":guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新位置，然后在 :guilabel:`位置名称` 字段中输入所需名称。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the locations are named in alphabetical order, based on their proximity" " to the output or packing location, set the removal strategy on the " ":ref:`parent location `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:50 msgid "" "To do that, in the :guilabel:`Locations` list, select the parent location of" " the alphabetically named storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:53 msgid "" "Doing so opens the form for the parent location. In the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` field, select :guilabel:`Closest Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:57 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the storage location `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` is located closest " "to the packing area, where products retrieved from shelves are packed for " "shipment. The popular product, `iPhone charger` is stored in three " "locations, `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:62 msgid "" "To use closest location, set the removal strategy on the parent location, " "'WH/Stock'." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:30 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "工作流" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:67 msgid "" "To see how the closest location removal strategy works, consider the " "following example, featuring the popular product, `iPhone charger`, which is" " stored in `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:71 msgid "" "Fifteen, five, and thirty units are in stock at each respective location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:74 msgid "" "To check the on-hand stock at each storage location, navigate to the product" " form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock at all locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:81 msgid "" "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighteen " "units of the `iPhone charger` by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:84 msgid "" "After adding the products, clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery " "order that reserves items stored at the closest location, using the removal " "strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:87 msgid "" "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so " "opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that displays how the " "reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked. All fifteen of the units stored at the closest location, " "`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, are picked first. The remaining three units are then " "selected from the second closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1 msgid "Display *Pick From* quantities for the order for iPhone chargers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:3 msgid "FEFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) removal strategy targets products for " "removal based on their assigned removal dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:14 msgid "Removal date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:16 msgid "" "Products **must** be removed from inventory before their *removal date*, " "which is set as a certain number of days before the product's *expiration " "date*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:19 msgid "" "The user sets this number of days by navigating to the product form's " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, " "ensure the :guilabel:`Tracking` field is set to either :guilabel:`By Lots` " "or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` option, which makes the " ":guilabel:`Removal Date` field (and other date fields) appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:27 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Lots and Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings` to track expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:31 msgid "" "The expiration date of a product is determined by adding the date the " "product was received to the number of days specified in the " ":guilabel:`Expiration Date` field of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:34 msgid "" "The removal date takes this expiration date, and subtracts the number of " "days specified in the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:38 msgid "" ":doc:`Expiration dates " "<../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:41 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, `Egg`, the following " ":guilabel:`Dates` are set by the user:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: `30` days after receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Removal Date`: `15` days before expiration date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "Display expiration and removal dates set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:51 msgid "" "A shipment of Eggs arrive at the warehouse on January 1st. So, the " "expiration date of the Eggs is **January 31st** (Jan 1st + 30). By " "extension, the removal date is **January 16th** (Jan 31 - 15)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:57 msgid "" "To view the expiration dates of items in stock, navigate to the product " "form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:60 msgid "" "Next, click the additional options icon, located on the far-right, and " "select the columns: :guilabel:`Expiration Date` and :guilabel:`Removal " "Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "" "Show expiration dates from the inventory adjustments model accessed from the *On Hand*\n" "smart button from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:71 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy ensures " "that products with the nearest removal date are picked first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:74 msgid "" "To understand how this removal strategy works, consider the following " "example below about the product, `Carton of eggs`, which is a box containing" " twelve eggs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:77 msgid "" "The product is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots`, and the product category's " ":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`First Expired, First" " Out (FEFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up force removal strategy `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Enable lots tracking `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:83 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Perishable Products " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:35 msgid "LOT1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:36 msgid "LOT2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:37 msgid "LOT3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:38 msgid "On-hand stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:73 msgid "5" msgstr "5" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:75 msgid "2" msgstr "2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:96 msgid "1" msgstr "1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:98 msgid "April 4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:99 msgid "April 10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:100 msgid "April 15" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:101 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:102 msgid "February 26" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:103 msgid "March 4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:104 msgid "March 9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:106 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` " "and create a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:109 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order for today, December " "29th, and the lot numbers with the soonest expiration dates are reserved, " "using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:113 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the Carton of egg's product line, in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:120 msgid "" "Since the order demanded six Cartons of eggs, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First " "Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, all five Cartons from `LOT1`, with " "the removal date of February 26th, are picked. The remaining Carton is " "selected from `LOT2`, which has a removal date of March 4th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "The stock moves window that shows the lots to be removed using FEFO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:3 msgid "FIFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *First In, First Out* (FIFO) removal strategy selects products with the " "earliest arrival dates. This method is useful for companies selling products" " that have short demand cycles, like clothes, for example. By using " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, companies can prevent prolonged stock " "retention of specific styles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:14 msgid "" "Various quantities of the product, `T-shirt`, tracked by lot numbers, arrive" " on August 1st and August 25th. For an order made on September 1st, the " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy prioritizes lots that " "have been in stock the longest. So, products received on August 1st are " "selected first for picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Illustration of FIFO selecting the oldest products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Lot/serial number setup details `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:29 msgid "Arrival date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:31 msgid "" "To see the product lot or serial number that arrived in inventory first, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:34 msgid "" "Then, select the :guilabel:`▶️ (right-pointing arrow)` icon on the left of a" " product line, in order to reveal a list of the product's lots or serial " "numbers that are in stock. The :guilabel:`Created On` field shows the " "lot/serial number creation date, which is, essentially, the arrival date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:39 msgid "" "Serial number `00000000500` of the product, `Cabinet with Doors`, arrived on" " December 29th, as displayed in the :guilabel:`Created On` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Display arrival date of a lot for an item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:49 msgid "" "To understand how :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` rotates products out, " "consider the following example, focusing on three lots of white shirts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:52 msgid "" "The shirts are from the *All/Clothes* category, where :abbr:`FIFO (First In," " First Out)` is set as the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:55 msgid "" "The white shirts are tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:62 msgid "" "The following table represents the on-hand stock and lot number details of " "white shirts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:74 msgid "3" msgstr "3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Created on `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:77 msgid "March 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:78 msgid "April 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:79 msgid "May 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order " "` for six white shirts by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:84 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the sales order, a delivery order with" " the oldest lot numbers for shirts are reserved, using the :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:87 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the white shirt's product line in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from. Since the order demanded six shirts, all five shirts from " "`LOT1`, and one shirt from `LOT2`, are selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "采用先进先出策略为销售订单预留两个批次。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:3 msgid "Least packages removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Least Packages* removal strategy fulfills an order by opening the " "fewest number of packages, which is ideal for maintaining organized stock " "without needing to open multiple boxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:10 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Least Packages " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:12 msgid "" "To understand how the removal strategy works, consider the following " "example, featuring a warehouse that stores packages of flour in bulk " "packages of `100 kg`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:15 msgid "" "To minimize moisture, and/or prevent pests from entering open packages, the " "least packages removal strategy is used to pick from a single, opened " "package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:21 msgid "" "A package of `100 kg` of flour is depleted to `54 kg` after fulfilling some " "orders. There are other packages of `100 kg` in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:24 msgid "" "When an order for `14 kg` of flour is placed, the package of `54 kg` is " "selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:25 msgid "" "When an order for *more* than `54 kg` of flour is placed, an unopened `100 " "kg` package is used to fulfill the order. While this temporarily results in " "two open packages, these open packages are prioritized in the next picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:32 msgid "" "Using the least package removal strategy, the fewest number of packages is " "used to fulfill an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:35 msgid "" "The :ref:`Packages feature ` " "**must** be enabled to use this strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "Consider the following example, featuring the product, `Flour`. The " "product's :guilabel:`Units of Measure` field, located on the product form, " "is set to `kg`. The product is stored in packages of `100 kg`, with one " "remaining package containing `54 kg`. The product category's " ":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`Least Packages`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Set removal strategy on product category " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:47 msgid "" "To check the product's on-hand stock, navigate to the product form, and " "click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock in each package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:54 msgid "" "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighty " "kilograms of flour by going to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a" " new quotation. After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, the delivery order is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:58 msgid "" "On the delivery order, the :guilabel:`Quantity` field displays the amount " "automatically picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:61 msgid "" "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so " "opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, displaying how the " "reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:65 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked. Since the order demanded eighty kilograms, which exceeds the " "quantity in the opened package of `54 kg`, an unopened package of `100 kg` " "is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst-1 msgid "Show which package was picked in the *Pick From* field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:3 msgid "LIFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Last In, First Out* (LIFO) removal strategy picks the **newest** " "products on-hand, based on the date they entered a warehouse's stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:8 msgid "" "Every time an order is placed for products using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, " "First Out)` strategy, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that " "has most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that " "entered the warehouse's inventory)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:16 msgid "" "In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy is" " banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete " "products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:19 msgid "" "Consider the following example, with the product, `Cinder Block`, which is " "tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form. The :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` for the cinder block's product " "category is set to :guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:26 msgid ":ref:`Check arrival date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:28 msgid "" "The following table represents the cinder blocks in stock, and their various" " lot number details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:43 msgid "June 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:44 msgid "June 3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:45 msgid "June 6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:47 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order " "` for seven cinder blocks by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order to create a delivery order. Doing so " "reserves the newest lot numbers are using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:54 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the cinder block's product line in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:58 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from. Since the order demanded seven cinder blocks, the newest cinder" " blocks from `LOT3` are selected, using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "维护" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " "track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 msgid "Equipment management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations," " including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery" " on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a " "computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by " "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" "Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " "add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " "module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:19 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " "created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " "page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " "maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " "should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " "work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:80 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" " Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:86 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "生产" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " "manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" " shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" " maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "`Odoo教程：MRP `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "`Odoo教程：条形码扫描器 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " "It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" " :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " "of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" " to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " "product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " "quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " "beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " "Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" " :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " "specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " "on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" " this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " "operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " "name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " "components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" " new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " "Operations` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " "the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " "operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " "be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " "route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " "steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14 msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16 msgid "" "The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." " To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" " --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " "tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " "product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " "new |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " ":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " "all components have been added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " ":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " "(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " "be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " "to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " "manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " "customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " "tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " ":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " "stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " "companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " ":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " "kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32 msgid "" "Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " "routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " "other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " "preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "The kit's components must also be configured as products via " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " "require no specific configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" " (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " "field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" " previously configured kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." " Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " "(bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" "If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " "These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" " materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" " (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " "component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "" "Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " "list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " "select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " "need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " "be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97 msgid "" "To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " "material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "" "When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " "show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " "sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" "components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-" "assemblies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:7 msgid "" "In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" " immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " "manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " "for the remaining amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:11 msgid "" "In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " "manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" " tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " "additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:16 msgid "" "A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " "*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " "manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" " are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:20 msgid "" "Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " "five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " "manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " "*WH/MO/00175-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:24 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " "immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " "that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." " Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " "*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:32 msgid "" "To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" " to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:36 msgid "" "If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:40 msgid "" "After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " "that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:47 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " "initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " "created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" " into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:56 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " "immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " "yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" " are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:65 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " "another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "Create a backorder in Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:71 msgid "" "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:74 msgid "" "In order to use the *Shop Floor* module, the *Work Orders* setting must be " "enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox, " "and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:78 msgid "" "To create a backorder from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| for multiple units of a product, for which a backorder needs " "to be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the " "work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up " "window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:138 msgid "" "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to " "the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, " "and isolates the work order's card so that no other cards are shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:91 msgid "" "Complete the steps on the work order's card until the :guilabel:`Register " "Production` step is reached, and then click on it to open the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:95 msgid "" "Do **not** click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the " "step. Doing so automatically registers the full amount of units as having " "been produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:98 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window, enter the number of " "units produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Make sure the number " "entered is *less* than the number of units listed to the right of the field." " Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Register Production pop-up window in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:106 msgid "" "The pop-up window disappears and the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the work " "order's card updates to reflect the number of units produced, as a fraction " "of the number of units for which the |MO| was originally created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the bottom-right of the " "work order's card. The work order card begins to fade away. Once it " "disappears completely, a new work order card appears, titled with the " "original |MO|'s reference number with a `-002` tag added to the end of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:114 msgid "" "This new reference number represents the backorder |MO|. The original |MO|'s" " reference number now appears with a `-001` tag added to the end of it to " "distinguish it from the backorder |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:117 msgid "" "If the original |MO| has no remaining work orders, it can be closed by " "selecting the :guilabel:`All` filter in the top navigation of the *Shop " "Floor* module, and then clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` at the bottom " "of the |MO|'s card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:121 msgid "" "If the original |MO| has remaining work orders that must be completed before" " it can be closed, cards for these work orders appear on the *Shop Floor* " "pages for the work centers where they are configured to be carried out. They" " can be processed as normal, and additional backorders can be created from " "their work order cards using the instructions detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the current work order for the backorder |MO| is ready to be processed," " this can also be completed as normal, and an additional backorder can be " "created from its work order card by following the instructions detailed in " "this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:130 msgid "" "After the final work order for the backorder |MO| has been completed, the " "|MO| can be closed by clicking the :guilabel:`Close Production` button at " "the bottom of the work order's card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement " "of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory " "counts still update based on the number of components used and products " "manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not " "tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, " "allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change " "the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select" " a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three " "options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and " "then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and " "then store products (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0 msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in " "Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to " ":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "Create manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38 msgid "" "To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| " "can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the " ":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49 msgid "" "After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and " "operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations " "are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the " ":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "最后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "Process manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79 msgid "" "An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from " "the work order tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "Basic workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96 msgid "" "When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that" " work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at " "the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the" " manufactured product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107 msgid "Shop Floor workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109 msgid "" "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the *Shop Floor* module, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" "On the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the " ":guilabel:`↗️ (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on the line of " "the first work order to be processed. Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` pop-up window, with details and processing options for the work " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:117 msgid "" "On the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button at the " "top-left of the window to open the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Open Shop Floor button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:124 msgid "" "When accessed directly from a specific work order within an |MO|, *Shop " "Floor* defaults to the page for the work center where the work order is " "configured to be carried out. The page shows a card for the work order that " "displays the |MO| number, the product and number of units to be produced, " "and the steps required to complete the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "A work order card on a work center page in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:133 msgid "" "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This " "can be done by clicking on a step and following the instructions listed on " "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:137 msgid "" "Alternatively, work order steps can be completed by clicking the checkbox " "that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. " "When using this method, the step is automatically marked as completed, " "without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:141 msgid "" "The final step on a work order card is titled *Register Production*. This " "step is used to register the number of product units that were produced. If " "the number produced is equal to the number that the |MO| was created for, " "click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the line to " "automatically register that number as the quantity produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:146 msgid "" "If a different number must be entered, click the :guilabel:`Register " "Production` step to open a pop-up window. Enter the number of units produced" " in the :guilabel:`Units` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "register that number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:151 msgid "" "The *Register Production* step appears on every work order card. It must be " "completed for the first work order that is processed. After doing so, the " "step appears as already completed for each remaining work order in the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:155 msgid "" "After completing all of the steps for a work order, a button appears on the " "footer of the work order card. If any other work orders must be completed " "before the |MO| can be closed, the button is titled :guilabel:`Mark as " "Done`. If there are no additional work orders to complete, the button is " "titled :guilabel:`Close Production`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:160 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` causes the work order card to fade away. " "Once it disappears completely, the work order's status is marked as " "*Finished* on the |MO|, and the next work order appears in the *Shop Floor* " "module, on the page of the work center where it is configured to be carried " "out. Any additional work orders can be processed using the instructions " "detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:166 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` causes the work order card to fade " "away. Once it disappears, the |MO| is marked as *Done*, and the units of the" " product that were produced are entered into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:170 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` or :guilabel:`Close Production`, " "each button is replaced by an :guilabel:`Undo` button. Click the " ":guilabel:`Undo` button before the work order card fades away to keep the " "work order open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:175 msgid "" "This section details the basic workflow for processing an |MO| in the *Shop " "Floor* module. For a more in-depth explanation of the module and all of its " "features, please see the :ref:`Shop Floor overview " "` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "管理产品变型Bom表" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " "the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " "a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" " :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "激活产品变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" " the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " "apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " ":doc:`product variants " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " "attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 msgid "" "Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " "attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " "For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" "Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " ":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " "options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " "Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " "new value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 msgid "" "Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " "checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " "which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " "a custom variant of a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "" "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " "to save the new attribute." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "" "Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " "products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " "make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " "a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " "choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " "them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " "added to the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " "manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " "or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "应用BOM 组件至产品变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" "Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " "one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " "of Materials` form to configure from scratch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 msgid "" "Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" "down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 msgid "" "Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " ":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " "choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 msgid "" "Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" " Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " "product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " "the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" " field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " "menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" "When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " "assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" " :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " "used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 msgid "" "When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 msgid "" "For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " "operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " "in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " "additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "" "To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" " to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" " quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "" "Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " "the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " ":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" " correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " ":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " "to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " "will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " "available optional products will appear, if they have been created " "previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " "and confirm a new sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 msgid "" "On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " "components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," " different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " ":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 msgid "" "To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " "icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 msgid "" "From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " "progresses to complete the operation steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " "manufacturing order form to complete the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " "the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 msgid "" "Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 msgid "" "To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " ":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " "invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:7 msgid "" "During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" " or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " "product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " "physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " "Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" " a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " "physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information, see the documentation about the different types of " ":ref:`locations `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:20 msgid "" "Components can be scrapped from both the *Manufacturing* app and the *Shop " "Floor* module, before the associated manufacturing order (MO) is closed. " "Finished products can only be scrapped from the *Manufacturing* app, and " "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " "Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:75 msgid "Scrap pop-up window" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:39 msgid "" "Scrapping components and finished products is done through the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window. The pop-up window can be accessed from an " "|MO| in the backend, or the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "Scrap component from Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "To scrap a component from an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|. At the top of the |MO|, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` " "button to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:50 msgid "Scrap finished product from Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 msgid "" "To scrap a finished product from an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an open |MO|, and then click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button to " "close it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "" "To select an |MO| that has already been closed, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and " "then select the desired |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:60 msgid "" "Once closed, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button at the top of the |MO| to " "open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "Scrap component from Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "" "To scrap a component from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Shop Floor`. Then, either click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three " "vertical dots)` button on an |MO| card, or select a work center from the top" " navigation, and click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on a " "work order card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:71 msgid "" "Either method opens the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window. " "Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the window to open the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "" "After opening the scrap pop-up window using one of the methods " ":ref:`detailed above `, select the " "component or finished product being scrapped, from the :guilabel:`Product` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:81 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity being scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Source Location` field is set to the warehouse's " "pre-production location, while the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` field is set " "to the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. If either the source or" " scrap location should be changed, select a different location from their " "respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Replenish Scrapped Quantities` checkbox if a picking " "order should be created to replace the scrapped component(s) upon " "confirmation of the scrap order. This option should only be enabled for " "warehouses with :doc:`two-step ` or :doc:`three-step" " ` manufacturing enabled, since components are not" " picked as part of the :doc:`one-step ` " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:98 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to scrap the selected component. After " "one or more scrap orders have been created, a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears at the top of the screen. Click it to view a list of all " "scrap orders for the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:102 msgid "" "If a picking order was automatically created to replenish the scrapped " "components, it can be accessed by opening the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "app, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick " "Components` card, and selecting the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:3 msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a" " single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, " "it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple " "units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:11 msgid "" "A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple " "units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As " "a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order" " contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:17 msgid "Split manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:19 msgid "" "To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the " ":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears " "with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:24 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for " "the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:31 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up " "window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of " "manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then " "click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new " "manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the " ":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will " "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:42 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split " "into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` " "field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the " "reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:48 msgid "" "Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The " "reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, " "*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:52 msgid "Merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "合并制造订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:54 msgid "" "To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating " "the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "" "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for" " each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:62 msgid "" "Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the " ":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select " ":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:69 msgid "" "The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The " "reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential " "number that has *not* already been assigned to an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:73 msgid "" "The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. " "Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a" " single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by " "the merger is *WH/MO/00013*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:77 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the " "merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged " "are listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:81 msgid "" "Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create " "*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* " "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "管理半成品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" "A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " "product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " "(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " "(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" msgstr "配置半制成品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " "product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" msgstr ":doc:`bill_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "半成品的物料清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" "After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " "to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" "Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " "products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" "**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" "**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" "Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " "Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" " allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." " The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "外包制造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" "Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " "easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" msgstr "将公司的部分或全部生产需求外包并不容易。要使其正常工作，您必须：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" msgstr "管理分包商的原材料库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" msgstr "在正确的时间将原材料运送给分包商" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 msgid "Control incoming goods quality" msgstr "控制进货质量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "Control subcontractors bills" msgstr "控制分包商账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "这是转包制造“C”的例子，它是用原材料“A”和“B”生产的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" "With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "通过其MRP分包功能，Odoo可以帮助您轻松处理此流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "要使用转包功能，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置并勾选 *转包* 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "要定义一个产品是否必须分包，使用类型 *分包* 的 *物料清单(BoM)* 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" "To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " "Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " "subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" "要创建新的*BoM*，请转至：菜单选择：`制造-->产品-->BoM表`，然后点击创建。然后，列出分包商制造产品所需的组件。出于成本核算目的，您可能希望注册所有组件，甚至是直接从分包商处采购的组件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." msgstr "将 *BoM类型* 设置为 *转包* 后，指定一个或多个转包商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "基本分包流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 msgid "" "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " "them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " "new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " "subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" "为了让您的分包商知道您需要多少产品，请创建并向他们发送采购订单（PO）。要执行此操作，请转到*采购*应用程序并创建新的采购订单。确保将采购订单发送给这些产品的*BoM*上定义为分包商的供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " "received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" msgstr "一旦*采购订单*被验证（1），就会创建一个待处理的收据。收到产品后，用实际收到的数量验证收据（2）。因此，Odoo为你做了以下事情：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" " the *BoM* and your input (3);" msgstr "根据*BoM*和您的输入（3），在分包商的位置消耗相应的组件；" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" msgstr "在分包商位置（4）生产成品；" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." msgstr "通过已验证的收据（5），将产品从该分包商的位置移动到您的公司。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " "subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" "*采购订单*是可选的。如果您使用正确的分包商手动创建收据，则Odoo仍会执行所有移动。如果分包商没有为每个项目支付固定价格，而是为所用的时间和材料支付费用，则这可能很有用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "库存计价" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "制成品“C”的成本定义为:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "**C = A + B + s**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" msgstr "与：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" msgstr "**A** :来自贵公司的原材料成本;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" msgstr "**B** :直接从采购的原材料成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" msgstr "分包商;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." msgstr "**s** :分包服务的成本。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " "inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " "stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " "Location*." msgstr "" "将原材料发送给您的分包商（**A**）不会影响库存估值，因为组件仍然作为您库存的一部分进行估值。这是通过将“分包位置”设置为“内部位置”来管理的。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " "paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " "product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" " accounting." msgstr "" "然后，在产品C表格上设置的卖方价格必须是分包商为其零件和服务时间所必须支付的价格： ** B + s ** 。 产品成本必须为：**A + B + " "s** ，该产品在会计中的价值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "" "Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "最后，分包商账单与采购订单匹配，建议价格来自成品C。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "如果不需要在你的分包商所在地管理原材料的补充，只需在分包商的价格中包括 **B** 的成本，并将产品从 *BoM* 中删除。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." msgstr "如果从分包商处收到的产品包含跟踪部件，则需要在接收过程中指定其序列号或批号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" "In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " "Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" "在这种情况下，在收到分包产品时，会出现一个*记录组件*按钮。单击它打开一个对话框，并记录部件的序列号/批号。如果还跟踪了成品，则其序列号/批号也可以在此处注册。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " "receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" msgstr "出于审计目的，可以使用成品右侧的图标检查收据上记录的批号:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 msgid "" "Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " "subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " "will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " "or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " "receiving your final product." msgstr "" "另请注意，如果已在非跟踪产品的分包BOM上选择了灵活消耗，则如果您希望在接收最终产品时在分包位置登记更多或更少的组件消耗，则记录组件选项也将可选地出现在每个移动行上。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" "As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " "either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " "line hamburger menus." msgstr "正如你所看到的，这两种非追溯产品的接收可以通过选择“设置数量”选项或通过移动线汉堡菜单来执行" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" msgstr "分包商的自动化补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" "There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " "subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " "on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " "Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " "trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " "subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" "在购买最终产品时，有两种方法可以自动向分包商供应原材料。选择的方法取决于您是否希望物料通过仓库运输。这两种方法都被描述为拉动式机制，因为它们的触发器是分包商的初始采购订单，这在分包地点产生了对原材料的需求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" "If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " "warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " "shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " "route should also be activated." msgstr "如果您从自己的仓库向分包商供应原材料，则必须激活“按订单再供应分包商”路线，如下所示。如果这是您从供应商处购买的组件，则还应激活购买路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" "Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " "must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " "for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " "the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " "this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " "subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" "现在，如果您希望您的供应商直接为您的分包商补货，您必须选择“Dropship Subcontractor on " "Order”选项。为了使此选项在产品表单上处于活动状态，您必须首先从 :menuselection:“Purchase --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Dropshipping”激活 dropship " "选项。验证分包商的采购订单后，此路线将创建从您的供应商到该分包商的托运 RFQ。然后，您只需要查看并验证它。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " "is a buy route already." msgstr "请注意，在这种情况下不选择购买路线，因为运输路线已经是购买路线。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" "Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " "subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " "locations`." msgstr "最后，如果要跟踪分包地点的这些原材料库存，则必须激活*多位置*:菜单选择:`库存->配置->设置->库存位置`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." msgstr "从位置表单中，您就可以访问当前的库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 msgid "Manual Replenishment" msgstr "手动补给" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." msgstr "您也可以选择手动补充分包商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" "If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " "convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " "*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " "you are delivering to." msgstr "如果您想在方便时将组件发送给您的分包商，请从 *库存* 应用中选择“再供应分包商”操作类型，然后创建一个拣货，指定您要交付给哪个分包商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " "subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" " the delivery address." msgstr "或者，您还可以手动要求您的供应商通过创建直销型PO来补给您的分包商，并将您的分包商设置为交货地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Three-step manufacturing" msgstr "三步制造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick " "components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished " "products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of " "components removed, and finished products created." msgstr "" "Odoo *制造* 允许用户使用一个、两个或三个步骤制造产品。使用三步制造时，Odoo " "会创建分拣组件转移、制造订单（MO）和存储成品转移，并根据取出的组件和创建的成品数量更新库存计数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)." msgstr "" "在新的 |MO| 上，从 :guilabel:`产品` " "下拉菜单中选择要生产的产品。guilabel:`物料清单'字段会自动填充相关的物料清单（BoM）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57 msgid "Process pick components transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58 msgid "" "After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the " ":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: " "*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store " "finished products transfer)." msgstr "" "确认三步 |MO| 后，页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`转移` " "智能按钮。点击该按钮，进入|MO|的:guilabel:`转移`页面。该页面列出了两种传输方式： *WH/PC/XXXXX* （拣选组件转移）和 " "*WH/SFP/XXXXX* （存储成品转移）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the " "|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the " "locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to " "manufacture the product." msgstr "" "选择 :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX`，打开 |MO| 的拣选组件传输。该传送用于跟踪部件从存放地点到用于制造产品地点的移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "" "After transferring the components out of their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred." msgstr "" "将组件从存储位置转移出来后，点击转移顶部的 :guilabel:`验证`，然后在弹出的 :guilabel:`立即转移?`窗口中点击 " ":guilabel:`应用`。这样做会将传输标记为 :guilabel:`完成`，并更新库存计数，以反映传输的组件数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` " "breadcrumb at the top of the page." msgstr "最后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` 面包屑导航，返回 |MO|。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "要从 |MO| 本身完成工单，首先要导航到:menuselection:`制造-->操作-->制造单`，然后选择一个制造单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上工单的开始按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上工单的“完成”按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:136 msgid "" "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This " "can be done by clicking on a step, and following the instructions listed on " "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:183 msgid "Process finished product transfer" msgstr "加工成品转移" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:185 msgid "" "After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page " "by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This " "time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products " "transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products " "from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they " "are stored." msgstr "" "完成 |MO| 后，点击订单顶部的 :guilabel:`转移` 按钮返回订单的 :guilabel:`转移` 页面。这次，选择 " ":guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` 打开商店成品转移。此转移用于追踪成品从生产地到存储地的移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:190 msgid "" "After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred." msgstr "" "将成品转移到存储位置后，点击转移顶部的 :guilabel:`验证'，然后在弹出的 :guilabel:` 立即转移?`窗口中点击 " ":guilabel:`应用`。这样做会将转移标记为 :guilabel:`完成`，并更新库存计数以反映转移的成品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Two-step manufacturing" msgstr "两步制造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not " "generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. " "Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, " "but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" "Odoo *制造* 允许用户使用一步、两步或三步制造产品。使用两步制造时，Odoo " "会创建制造订单（MO）和拣选组件转移，但不会生成成品入库转移。库存计数仍会根据制造产品的数量进行更新，但不会追踪将产品转入或转出库存的行为。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59 msgid "" "After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components " "transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of " "components from the locations where they are stored to the location where " "they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" "确认两步 |MO| 后，页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`转移` 智能按钮。点击该按钮可打开 |MO| 的 " "“拾取组件转移”。此传输用于追踪部件从存放地点到用于制造产品地点的移动。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" "在 |MO| 页面，选择 :guilabel:`工单` 选项卡。一旦开始处理需要完成的第一个工单，请单击该操作的 :guilabel:`开始` " "按钮。然后，Odoo *制造* 会启动一个计时器，记录工单完成所需的时间。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上工单的开始按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "制造订单上工单的完成按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" msgstr "使用主生产排程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:7 msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." msgstr "主生产排程(MPS)是根据你的需求预测计划生产的有用工具。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用主生产排程功能，然后点击保存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:17 msgid "" "In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." msgstr "在MPS设置中，您可以定义MPS的时间范围（月/周/天）以及您随时要显示的时段数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " "click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" " stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " "and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" "现在，转到：菜单选择:`计划->主生产计划`，然后点击*添加产品*。您现在可以定义您的安全库存目标（=在此期间结束时您想要拥有的库存）以及每个期间必须或可以补充的最小和最大数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:28 msgid "" "In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " "by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" " quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" " to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " "to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " "to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" "在MPS视图中，您可以通过单击*行*来决定要显示哪些信息。例如，*实际需求*将显示您在此期间已经订购了多少产品，或者*可以承诺*，在同一时期仍然可以销售的产品（您计划补充的产品-" "已经销售的产品在此期间）。如果你喜欢，你也可以决定隐藏行。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" msgstr "估计需求并发起补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:40 msgid "" "The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " "in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " "demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " "forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " "components." msgstr "" "下一步是估计所选时期的需求。这是在*预测需求*行中完成的。您可以随时轻松地将需求预测与实际需求（=确认销售额）进行比较。成品的需求预测将影响其组件的间接需求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "" "Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " "different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" " supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " "manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" " replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" "一旦确定了预测需求，将自动计算不同时期的补充数量。您应该根据交货时间（供应商交货时间或制造交货时间）启动的补充信息然后以绿色显示。您现在可以点击补充按钮启动补充。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:54 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "根据产品的配置（采购或制造），系统将创建报价请求或制造订单。只需点击*实际补货*单元格，即可轻松访问这些信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:61 msgid "" "In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " "cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " "back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " "cross." msgstr "如果您手动编辑*建议补货*数量，单元格左侧会出现一个小十字。如果您想回到Odoo给出的自动计算值，只需单击交叉点。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "Cells color signification" msgstr "单元格颜色的含义" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:69 msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " "different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "作为*建议补充*线的一部分的单元格可以根据情况采取不同的颜色：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr " **** ：考虑到需求预测和间接需求预测，为达到预期安全库存量需要补货的产品数量。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量仍匹配当前数据。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过高。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过低。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:80 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "*已预测库存*行也可包含红色单元格，意思是该周期内的库存将为负值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" msgstr "如果我低估了需求怎么办？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:86 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "你仍可增加需求预测。它将影响补货数量。单元格将变为橙色，你可发起新补货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" msgstr "如果我高估了需求怎么办？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "你可减少需求预测。单元格将变为红色，表明你订购的数量超过了计划数量。如果允许，你可手动取消一些询价单或制造订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" msgstr "如果我在MPS中错误添加了产品怎么办？" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "你可点击产品名称右侧的小垃圾箱，即可从MPS中删除该产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" " centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " "orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " "materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " "specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" " be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "" "Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:39 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " "work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " "work center simultaneously" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:60 msgid "" "Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:103 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" " ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:108 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " "the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " "specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " "reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " "operational again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9 msgid "" "As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " "that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that " "are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work " "center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that " "manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " "available again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17 msgid "" "Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " "must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " ":ref:`developer mode `. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`" " smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22 msgid "" "Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to " "the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" " under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time " "off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. " "Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module " "should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " ":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off module installation card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "" "The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " "is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable" " and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If" " no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " "from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44 msgid "" "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47 msgid "" "Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " "work center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "" "For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work " "center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo " "knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " "unavailable for any reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 msgid "Add time off for a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "" "With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work " "center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and " "selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the " ":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74 msgid "" "A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard " "working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other " "details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a " ":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " "taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On" " the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " "(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the " ":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End" " Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be " "unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " "logged in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94 msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" " to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting " ":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the " "manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " "unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" " to confirm the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104 msgid "" "On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By " "default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work " "Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " "left of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " "recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking " "the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Work order dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:7 msgid "" "When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be " "completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried" " out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order " "dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill" " of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur " "first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" "The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable " "it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is " "not already active." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work " "Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order " "Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "" "Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, " "click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field " "appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:51 msgid "" "In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, " "click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` " "pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the " "pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*" " the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:60 msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:63 msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:65 msgid "" "Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo " "*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on " "their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order " "dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a " "|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:75 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that " "are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the " ":guilabel:`Status` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:79 msgid "" "Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting " "for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, " "the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:86 msgid "" "To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and " "time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period " "specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that " "precedes it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:97 msgid "" "A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has " "two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of" " 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 " "pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut " "operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is " "scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:106 msgid "Planning by workcenter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:108 msgid "" "To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to " "the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This" " page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:112 msgid "" "If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order " "that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking" " it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the " "blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5 msgid "Shop Floor" msgstr "车间现场" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. " "*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders" " (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the " "amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It " "cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the " "*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22 msgid "" "To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section " "at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26 msgid "" "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on " ":ref:`upgrading a database `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "导航" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32 msgid "" "*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected " "from the navigation bar at the top of the module:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and " "displays information cards for |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37 msgid "" "Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards " "for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be " "toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the " "navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that " "appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned" " to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on " "the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to" " the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each " "work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47 msgid "" "To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply " "search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at " "the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching " "between the different module views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51 msgid "" "On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the" " employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to " "sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of" " which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the " ":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or " "off." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61 msgid "All page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every " "|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it " "has been confirmed, and all required components are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67 msgid "" "To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the " ":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it " "from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71 msgid "MO information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73 msgid "" "An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with " "options for processing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76 msgid "" "The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of" " units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun" " on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has " "begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for" " an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status " "updates to :guilabel:`To Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82 msgid "" "The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if" " any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. " "Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of " "title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button " "that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "" "Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. " "To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`" " field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the" " line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created " "for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for " "10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records" " that 10 units were produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97 msgid "" "The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. " "This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if " "there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work " "orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. " "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any " "required quality checks can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade " "away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card " "disappears completely, the work order is closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they " "are found to be defective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121 msgid "Work center pages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123 msgid "" "By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for " "every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is " "considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, " "and any preceding work orders have been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127 msgid "" "To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of " "readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` " "filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132 msgid "Work order information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134 msgid "" "A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees " "with options for processing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137 msgid "" "The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that" " the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being " "produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the" " work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, " "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" "The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to " "complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on " "the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears." " Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line " "automatically marks the step as completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147 msgid "" "Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`" " line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the" " step for the associated |MO| card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152 msgid "" "If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a " ":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order " "card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and " "the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the" " quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be " "closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work " "orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and " "causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is " "assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the" " work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears" " on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain " "open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is " "marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a " "different work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a " "change to the work order's instructions or steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be " "filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185 msgid "Operator panel" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187 msgid "" "The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the" " *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every " "employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191 msgid "" "To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's " "name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with " "their names and profile pictures greyed-out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194 msgid "" "When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working " "on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is " "working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under " "their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199 msgid "" "To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add " "Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from " "the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202 msgid "" "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the " ":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed " "in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8 msgid "Product lifecycle management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for" " testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept " "development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support " "stages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14 msgid "" "With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10 msgid "ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12 msgid "" "An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize " "and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type" " separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and " "stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17 msgid "" "For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product " "Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware " "Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in " "the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding " "unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23 msgid "Create ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25 msgid "" "To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Configuration --> ECO Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28 msgid "" "Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO" " Types` form, fill in the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the" " |ECOs| of this *type* in a project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted " "to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage " "of this |ECO| type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37 msgid "" "The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related " "|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field " "generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email " "address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46 msgid "Edit ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click " "on the desired |ECO| type from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51 msgid "" "On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and " ":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57 msgid "Stages" msgstr "阶段" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59 msgid "" "Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to " "identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be " "applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that " "changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews " "and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by " "enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on" " a production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68 msgid "" "For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which " "is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores " "|ECOs| that have been either canceled or approved for use as the next " "production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73 msgid "Create stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended " "project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78 msgid "" "Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the " "|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text " "box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the " ":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83 msgid "" "A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in" " the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track " "unassigned tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91 msgid "Verification stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93 msgid "" "Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a " "kanban view of |ECOs| of this type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96 msgid "" "To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select" " the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99 msgid "" "Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by " "checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer," " their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106 msgid "" "Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval " "Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109 msgid "" "The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the" " stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save " "& Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113 msgid "" "In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage " "`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and " "selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117 msgid "" "By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by " "this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the" " production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120 msgid "" "Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure " "proper behavior." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127 msgid "Closing stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129 msgid "" "Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up " "window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137 msgid "" "The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage` options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3 msgid "Engineering change orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" " change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view ` of an " "operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24 msgid "Create ECO" msgstr "创建 ECO" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26 msgid "" "To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select " "the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. " "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`" " button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types ` to categorize " "and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| " "related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product " "introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance " "fulfillment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36 msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates" " if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If " "multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the" " change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the " "change applies to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. " "(Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing " ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production " "|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "" "On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific " "date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the" " |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization." " Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59 msgid "" "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` " "button to begin implementing the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of " "the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version " "number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| " "versions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "" "The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right " "corner of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has " "been pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82 msgid "" "To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo " "distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current " "version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "" "After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the " "product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, " "marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95 msgid "" "On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the " "components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing " "components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, " "and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are " "reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart" " button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 msgid "Compare changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| " "form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the" " current |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not " "in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both " "|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120 msgid "" "Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** " "affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the " ":ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard" " |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132 msgid "Change operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134 msgid "" "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view " "and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which " "opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146 msgid "" "Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up" " window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and " "remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the " "differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not " "yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by " "both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised " "|BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165 msgid "" "Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in" " production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the " "columns in the table, reflect the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the " "operation includes detailed instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176 msgid "" "To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: " "Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart " "button displayed at the top." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed " ":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n" "instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further " "instructions in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the " "revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can " "be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is " "performed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-" "up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the" " revised |BOM| in the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203 msgid "" "In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the " ":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the " "expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the " ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207 msgid "" "To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point " "instructions are added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209 msgid "" "The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to " ":guilabel:`Register Production` of components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211 msgid "" "The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step" " Type` that provides additional assembly details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" msgstr "应用更改" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "" "After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage " "`, which are stages that require approval before the " "revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227 msgid "" "Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button " "becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved " "to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original " "production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232 msgid "Verify changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234 msgid "" "To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239 msgid "" "To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" " tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the " "version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest " "|ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 msgid "" "After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard " "`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| " "in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number " "has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while " "performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` " "icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In " "Progress` status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278 msgid "" "Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three " "horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens " "the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." " Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in " "tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286 msgid "" "Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where " "the proposed changes are submitted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the" " :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in " "greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. " "Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295 msgid "" "To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in " "the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional " "quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control " "point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303 msgid "" "Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| " "is created with the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308 msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are " "automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314 msgid "View ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316 msgid "" "To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X " "Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes " "created from the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban " "view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`" " stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323 msgid "" "On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the " ":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes " "in greater detail." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "" "An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step " "from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for" " the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, " "`Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332 msgid "" "Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` " "ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| " "created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the " "suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further " "clarification from the person who proposed the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select " "the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of " ":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction " "titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the" " line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" "在修改后的 |BOM| 中，切换到 :guilabel:`操作` 标签，然后选择 :guilabel:`☰ （三条横线）` " "图标。这样就会打开执行操作的:guilabel:`步骤` 列表，最新的指令标题为` 新步骤建议：`，后面是用户输入的标题。单击细列项目，查看建议的修改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353 msgid "" "On the :ref:`quality control point ` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately " "filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new " "instruction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this " "instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for " "this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of " "the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the " "worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, " "or other :ref:`quality check options `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure quality control points `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369 msgid "" "Once the quality control point is configured, return to the " ":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality" " control line item to its intended order of instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373 msgid "" "Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking " "and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second " "position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far " "left." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3 msgid "Version control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10 msgid "" "Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions " "of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component " "details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of" " the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14 msgid "" "Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use " "*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls " "or customer complaints." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17 msgid "" "Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for " "organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24 msgid "Current BoM version" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26 msgid "" "To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select " "the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the " ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` " "of the |BOM| is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32 msgid "" "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Products --> Bill of Materials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40 msgid "Version history" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42 msgid "" "To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials` and click the desired |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45 msgid "" "From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to " "list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the" " top right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the " "*PLM* app is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55 msgid "" "In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the " "top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a " "drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58 msgid "" "Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the" " |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the " ":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "" "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files " "associated with the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` " "date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` " "and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79 msgid "" "A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the " "chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing" " stage `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83 msgid "Design files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design " "material to the |BOM| itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of " "Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the " "*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92 msgid "" "The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` " "section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102 msgid "" "Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and " "applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. " "Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the " "|ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106 msgid "" "To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, " "open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` " "smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110 msgid "" "Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`" " icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, " "or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are " "contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once" " the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116 msgid "" "In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original " "`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the " ":guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard " "manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` " "icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127 msgid "" "Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`" " button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n" "one newly added attachment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136 msgid "" "Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed " "in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the" " archival occurred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140 msgid "Apply rebase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142 msgid "" "Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144 msgid "" "Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| " "are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous" " production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`" " tab, visible only in this scenario." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148 msgid "" "To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply " "Rebase` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151 msgid "" "Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| " "version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added," " and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has " "become `6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159 msgid "" "This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the " ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space " "stabilizer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162 msgid "" "To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur " "in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the " "previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to " "`ECO0012`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production " "BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" msgstr "项目管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Approvals" msgstr "审批" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10 msgid "" "Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to " "stages of :ref:`engineering change orders ` (ECOs) under review. " "Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. " "Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and " "premature actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19 msgid "Add approver" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21 msgid "" "To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on " "the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended " "stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28 msgid "" "Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign" " them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, " "where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is" " updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32 msgid "" "See the documentation about :ref:`stage types ` for " "more information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a " "line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the " "approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering " "Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to " "approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or " ":guilabel:`Comments only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45 msgid "" "Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in " "the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48 msgid "" "Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply" " changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to " ":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments " "only`, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "" "Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" " "stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57 msgid "Manage approvals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59 msgid "" "Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which " "shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62 msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress" " |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the " ":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must " "accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval " "or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting " "approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to " "apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, " "and apply changes to, in the verification stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75 msgid "" "|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been " "approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form " "view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of " "ECOs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84 msgid "Approve ECOs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86 msgid "" "Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the " "assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89 msgid "" "To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs" " the history of the clicked buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required " "to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying" " changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102 msgid "Automated activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104 msgid "" "When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is " "automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers " "receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the " ":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108 msgid "" "In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` " "notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, " ":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons" " shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113 msgid "" "Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " "icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there " "are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121 msgid "" "By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO " "Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon" " to view additional information, including the approval's " ":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the " "due date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130 msgid "Follow-up activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132 msgid "" "When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for " "required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with " "deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned " "Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up " "window for creating tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n" "close the planned activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` " "to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the " ":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for " "completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` " "field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149 msgid "" "After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. " "Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and " "returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` " "task is created for the approver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154 msgid "" "The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the " "|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver " "to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button " "creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "购买" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " "purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " "replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "`Odoo 教程: 采购 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "高级" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "分析你的采购情况" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" "If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " "track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " "better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " "your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " "negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" "如果您的公司经常采购产品，您有几个理由来跟踪和分析您的绩效。收集到的见解可以帮助您更好地预测和计划未来的订单。例如，您可以评估您的业务是否依赖于特定供应商，并且数据可以帮助您就价格折扣进行谈判。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 msgid "Generate customized reports" msgstr "生成自定义报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " "reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " "performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " "presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," " key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" "转到*报告*访问采购分析。只需访问报告仪表板，您就可以快速了解实际性能。默认情况下，报告仪表板显示一个折线图，显示每天采购订单的未征税数量，下面是关键指标和枢轴表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " "features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "虽然最初提供的数据很有用，但您可以使用多种工具和功能来获取有关采购的更多见解。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" msgstr "使用过滤器选择所需的数据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" "Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " "*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " "orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " "the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " "filters are:" msgstr "" "Odoo提供了几个默认过滤器，您可以通过单击*过滤器*来使用和组合。当您选择一个或多个过滤器时，Odoo会查找与您选择的至少一个过滤器匹配的所有订单，并使用数据填充图表，关键指标和枢轴表。预先配置的过滤器是：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" msgstr "全部*询价单*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" msgstr "所有*采购订单*，取消的除外" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " "previous year, canceled purchase orders included" msgstr "*去年确认日期*包括去年确认的所有订单，包括已取消的采购订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " "orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "*订单日期*包括所有订单-报价和购买订单请求（包括已取消的订单）-取决于创建日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " "depending on their date of confirmation" msgstr "*确认日期*包括所有已确认的订单，包括已取消的订单，具体取决于确认日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 msgid "" "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " "least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." msgstr "当您必须选择一个时段时，您可以使用多年，并且至少选择一年，多个季度和最近三个月。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" "If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" " feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" " filtered with the previous one." msgstr "如果您使用*订单日期*或*确认日期*过滤器，*比较*功能显示在*过滤器*旁边。它使您能够比较您过滤的时间段与前一个时间段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "添加自定义过滤器" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" "Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" " customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " ":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " "filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " "click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " "simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " "filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " "click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" "由于有 31 种筛选选项可供选择，您自定义数据集的可能性几乎是无限的。转到:menuselection:“Filters --> Add Custom " "Filter”，指定筛选选项应满足的条件（例如*等于*、*包含*等），然后单击*应用*。如果您想选择同时匹配多个条件的订单（*and* " "运算符），请重复该过程以添加另一个自定义过滤器。如果您想使用 *or* 运算符，请不要单击 *应用*，而是单击 *Add a " "condition*。添加所有所需的筛选选项后，单击*应用*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" " on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " "customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " "can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" "为避免每次都必须重新创建自定义过滤器，请单击以下选项保存它们：菜单选择:`收藏->保存当前搜索->保存`。然后，可以通过单击*文件夹*访问自定义的搜索过滤器，甚至可以在打开报告仪表板时将其设置为默认过滤器。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Measure exactly what you need" msgstr "准确衡量你需要什么" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" "Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " "prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " "presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " "both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " "the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" "在选择要测量的内容之前，您需要决定是更喜欢使用图表视图还是数据透视视图。默认情况下，仪表板显示两个视图。但是，您选择的度量不会应用于这两个视图。您可以通过单击仪表板右上角的图标来单独访问每个视图。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" msgstr "可视化数据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" "You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " "three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " "but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" " one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" "通过选择三个图表中的一个，只需单击即可变换主图形：条形图、直线图或饼图。有十四种不同的测量方法可用，但一次只能使用一种。但是，您可以使用19个*组*中的一个或多个*组*对度量值进行分组。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " "group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " "additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " "bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " "displayed." msgstr "" "对于条形图和折线图，选定的度量值是y轴，您选择的第一个组用于创建x轴。添加更多组会添加其他线条（折线图）或将条形图转换为堆叠条形图。对于饼图，选择的组越多，显示的切片越多。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "Explore your data" msgstr "浏览您的数据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" "The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " "Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " "at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " "*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " "column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " "*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" " so on." msgstr "" "透视表视图使您能够非常详细地研究数据。与图形视图不同，透视表允许您同时添加几个度量。通过单击*Measures*或*Total*列中的**+**符号，您可以添加任意数量的措施，每个措施分配到一个新列。通过点击*Total*行中的**+**符号，您可以添加*Groups*。如果您单击一个组的**+**符号，您可以添加子组，等等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "您可以在电子表格应用程序中直接插入透视表的数据，或将其导出为Excel文件。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "管理交易" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " "vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. " "Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the " "same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 msgid "" "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "Create a new blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to " "be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " "well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 msgid "" "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> " "blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) " "a new blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be " "configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term " "agreement must follow:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific " "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket " "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either " "once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the " "drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this" " exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the " "currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement " "will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not " "expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be " "placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order " "form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate " "the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products " "included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the" " blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is " "created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field" " on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this " "blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to " "any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order." " By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is" " listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " "can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66 msgid "" "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the " "quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), " "and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " "products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices " "must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit " "Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the" " price will remain **0**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76 msgid "" "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " "orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal " "link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where " ":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81 msgid "" "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " "Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection " "Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated " "for the type of selection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, " "multiple purchase orders are allowed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how " "product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this " "purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and " ":guilabel:`Quantities` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket" " order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " "quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry " "over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 msgid "" "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the " "product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and " "selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, " "but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be " "manually set by the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 msgid "" "Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via" " the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket " "order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase " "agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to " "*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new" " :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " "prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130 msgid "" "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " "from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-" "populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this " "new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via " "the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135 msgid "" "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New " "Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending " "on the settings configured on the blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139 msgid "" "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" " by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " ":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the " "blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the " "blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` " "listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the " "form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase " "order that was just created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157 msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162 msgid "" "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" " vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and " "click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu " "in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" " add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` " "(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected " "Arrival` date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173 msgid "" "Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the" " drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new " "name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement," " and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form," " as well as the product information entered on the product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178 msgid "" "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" " by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " ":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188 msgid "" "To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to " ":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket " "order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193 msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" msgstr "一揽子订单和补货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195 msgid "" "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO " "(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated " "replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information " "about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the " ":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is" " used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be " "replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at " "the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods " "or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and " "fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation " "(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " "the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be " "compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from " "which vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 msgid "" "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" " by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" " making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a " "quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in " "the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create " "*blanket orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 msgid "" "To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery " "lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To " "do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product to edit. From the product form, click the " ":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-" "down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and " "set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. " "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 msgid "" "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" " vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the" " :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" " add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of " "Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns" " the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and " "sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 msgid "" "Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their " "past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best " "offers for them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 msgid "" "Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor," " alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent " "to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and " "other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " "alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 msgid "" "From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next" " to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 msgid "" "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" " by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO" " (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative" " quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 msgid "" "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new" " purchase order form is already populated with the same products, " "quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " "alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the " "purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in" " the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " "product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product " "form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed " "manually, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window " "to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the " ":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 msgid "" "If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 msgid "" "This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities " "of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the " "product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-" "down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 msgid "" "This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the" " message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`" " to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 msgid "" "From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` " "tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the " ":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the" " :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and " ":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 msgid "" "Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under " "the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link " "quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also" " be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately " "at first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an " "email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other " "orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created " "previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 msgid "" "This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. " "Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click " ":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 msgid "" "If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous " ":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking " ":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the " "pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 msgid "Compare product lines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 msgid "" "When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as " "alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which " "vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, " "go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations " "created previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to" " a Compare Order Lines page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 msgid "" "The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. " "Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is" " displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 msgid "" "Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which " "products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, " "RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; " "the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the " "order, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 msgid "" "To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click " ":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This " "removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the " ":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the " "purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity" " is changed to **0**, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" "Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, " "individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all" " the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " "an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 msgid "" "Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors " "provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders" " from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost " "set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they " "can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired " "purchase orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 msgid "" "To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click " "into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be " "clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative " "purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative " "purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional " "product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` is open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 msgid "" "To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all " "details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` " "when finished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click " ":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for " "now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 msgid "" "Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be " "ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and " "listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` " "column at the far right of their rows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 msgid "" "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " "be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received " "into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15 msgid "Bill control policies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by " "vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The " "policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be " "applied to any new product created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12 msgid "" "To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to" " the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill " "Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The " "definition of each policy is as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " "order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " "used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " "total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are " "used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a" " vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31 msgid "" "If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill " "control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab " "in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control " "policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, " "the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any " "products actually being received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 msgid "Example flow: Received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control" " policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`" " column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and " ":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to " "*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " "some of the quantities are received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 msgid "3-way matching" msgstr "3方匹配" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65 msgid "" "Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only " "paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have " "actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 msgid "" "3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is " "set to *received quantities*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the " ":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When " "a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, " "since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included " "in a purchase order have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" "If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been " "received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the " "draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91 msgid "" "Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price " "of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If " "this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to " ":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but " "doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be " "a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 msgid "" "Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green " ":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be" " set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo." " However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-" "down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" msgstr "查看采购订单的帐单状态" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108 msgid "" "When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be " "viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order billing status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115 msgid "" "Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` " "could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control " "policy used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid "**Conditions**" msgstr " **** " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On received quantities*" msgstr "*收到的数量*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On ordered quantities*" msgstr "*订购的数量*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" msgstr "采购订单已确认；未收到任何产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "*Not applicable*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；未创建票据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "PO confirmed" msgstr "订单已确认" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；已创建账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "Draft bill created" msgstr "已创建账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor bills" msgstr "管理供应商账单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7 msgid "" "A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a " "company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive" " from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services " "purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " "process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app" " settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go " "to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a " "policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of " "the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** " "are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control " "policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a " "product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Control policy field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48 msgid "" "*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of " "the products included in the purchase order have actually been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" " the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " "create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on " "the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is " "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," " add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> " "Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment " ":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; " "and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " "banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " "vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the " "customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods " "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " "policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before " "proceeding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" " cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " "Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " "included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " ":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor " "bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click " ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any " "other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" " :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This " "selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or " ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " "or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process " "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " "field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and " "choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to " ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" " all tied to their appropriate vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " "minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " "rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" " a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" " below a set threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "Configure products for reordering" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "" "Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " "be added to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " ":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " "Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " "Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " "into it's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " "be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 msgid "" "After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " "by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " "that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 msgid "" "Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " "orders automatically by defining the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" " once they are received and entered into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " "while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " "hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " "to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " "set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " "created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " "ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " "this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " "resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " "Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " "Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " "will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" " be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " "it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " "non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "" "Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " "runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" "up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" "Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " "actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 msgid "Manage reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "" "To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " "product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " "top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 msgid "" "To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" " dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " "data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " "are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:3 msgid "Temporary reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "Some businesses require certain products to always have a minimum quantity " "of stock on-hand at any given time. To avoid stock falling below a certain " "threshold, companies can create *reordering rules* in Odoo to automate " "purchase orders for specific products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:9 msgid "" "Reordering rules keep the forecasted stock levels above a certain threshold," " without exceeding a specified upper limit, or maximum amount. When a " "product with a reordering rule falls below a specified quantity, Odoo " "generates an order using the specified *route* (e.g. *Buy* or *Manufacture*)" " to replenish the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:14 msgid "" "In certain cases, businesses might opt for *temporary reordering rules* when" " they do not want specific products to be replenished automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, a \"temporary\" reordering rule is created in the replenishment " "dashboard when a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:19 msgid "is configured with a *Buy* route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:20 msgid "has no reordering rule configured" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:21 msgid "has `0` quantity in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:22 msgid "is included in a sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:24 msgid "" "This rule is deleted upon confirmation of the purchase order (PO) generated " "for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:27 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:33 msgid "" "To configure a product that triggers temporary reordering rules when its " "stock reaches `0`, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:37 msgid "" "The same configurations can also be made on an existing product, by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting an " "existing product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:40 msgid "" "On the product form, enter the product name, and ensure the :guilabel:`Can " "be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` options are enabled, located " "beneath the :guilabel:`Product Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:44 msgid "" "Then, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product`, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:47 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and under :guilabel:`Vendor`, " "click :guilabel:`Add a line` to select a vendor from the drop-down menu. " "Then, set a purchase price under :guilabel:`Price`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:51 msgid "" "A vendor **must** be set for temporary reordering rules to work. While a " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)` can still be created automatically, attempting " "to replenish the product from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard in the" " *Inventory* app triggers a warning to add a vendor on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:0 msgid "Warning pop-up upon clicking to replenish product with no set vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:60 msgid "" "Before creating a :abbr:`SO (sales order)` for the product, ensure the " ":guilabel:`On Hand` smart button on the product form reads `0.00 Units`. " "Then, ensure that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button reads `0`, " "indicating there are no rules applied to this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "" "Product form smart button row displaying reordering rules and on hand " "buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:69 msgid "Trigger temporary reordering rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:71 msgid "" "To trigger a temporary reordering rule, create a new sales order for a " "product by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:74 msgid "" "Then, add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Next, select the desired product from the drop-" "down menu. Lastly, :guilabel:`Confirm` the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Sales order for product with no set reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:83 msgid "Check replenishment report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:85 msgid "" "To see the temporary reordering rule created for the out-of-stock product " "included in the sales order, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment` " "dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:89 msgid "" "On this dashboard, locate the product for which the temporary reordering " "rule was created. On its product line, its :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity, " "negative :guilabel:`Forecast` quantity, *Buy* :guilabel:`Route`, and " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity to replenish can be seen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:93 msgid "" "Additionally, two replenishment options are located to the far-right of the " "row: :guilabel:`Order Once` and :guilabel:`Automate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Replenishment report displaying temporary reordering rule and options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:100 msgid "" "To use the one-time, temporary reordering rule, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`. This action triggers a confirmation pop-up window in the top-right " "corner, reading :guilabel:`The following replenishment order has been " "generated`, along with a new purchase order number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:105 msgid "" "Once the purchase order has been generated after clicking :guilabel:`Order " "Once`, refresh the page. The temporary reordering rule for the product no " "longer appears in the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:110 msgid "Complete purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:112 msgid "" "To view the purchase order created from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` " "dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and select the " "generated :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` from the :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:116 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, then click :guilabel:`Receive " "Products`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the purchase " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order for product ordered with temporary reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:123 msgid "Now, the original sales order can be delivered and invoiced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is delivered and invoiced, ensure there " "are no reordering rules on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:129 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, select the " "product, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button " "displays `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" msgstr "以不同于销售的计量单位购买" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" " unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " "between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " "convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " "product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" "当您购买产品时，您的供应商可能会使用与您销售产品时不同的计量单位。这可能会造成销售代表和采购代表之间的混淆。每次手动转换计量值也很耗时。使用Odoo，您可以配置产品一次，并让Odoo处理转换。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" msgstr "考虑以下示例：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." " However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "你从美国供应商那里购买橙汁，他们使用 **** 。但是，您的客户是欧洲人，使用 ****。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " "of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "你从供应商那里以 ** **形式购买窗帘，然后用 **方米 **客户出售。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" msgstr "启用度量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "" "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "打开销售应用程序，进入：菜单选择：`配置-->设置`。在“产品目录”下，启用*度量单位*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "指定销售和采购计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "标准计量单位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" "默认情况下，数据库中有多种度量单位可用。每个都属于五个预先配置的度量单位类别之一：*长度/距离*、*单位*、*体积*、*重量*和*工作时间*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "您可以创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别（请参见下一节）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " "product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" " tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" "要为销售和购买指定不同的计量单位，请打开购买应用程序并转到:menuselection:“Products --> " "Products”。创建产品或选择现有产品。在产品的 *General Information* " "选项卡下，首先选择要用于销售（以及其他应用程序，例如库存）的 *Unit of Measure*。然后，选择要用于采购的 *Purchase Unit " "of Measure*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " "(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" "回到第一个例子，如果您以 **仑 **价格从供应商处购买橙汁，并以 ** " "**价格出售给客户，首先选择*L*（升）作为*计量单位*，选择*gal（US）*（加仑）作为*购买计量单位*，然后单击*保存*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "有时，您需要创建自己的单位和类别，这可能是因为度量值未在Odoo中预先配置，也可能是因为这些单位彼此不相关（例如，千克和厘米）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " "you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" " units of measure." msgstr "" "如果您以第二个示例为例，从供应商处以 ** **形式购买窗帘，并使用 **方米 " "**售卷件，则需要创建一个新的*度量单位类别*，以便将两个度量单位关联起来。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->度量单位类别`。单击*创建*并命名类别。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "下一步是创建两个度量单位。为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->度量单位`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" " the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" " *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " "the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" "首先，通过单击*创建*，创建用作参考点的度量单位，以转换为类别内的其他度量单位。命名单位并选择刚刚创建的度量单位类别。对于*类型*，选择此类别类型的*参考度量单位*。输入要使用的*舍入精度*。由Odoo计算的量始终是该值的倍数。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "在示例中，由于您不能购买少于 1 卷并且不会使用卷的分数作为计量单位，因此您可以输入1。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" " than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " "Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" "如果使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，则可能会出现警告消息，说明其高于*小数精度*，并且可能导致不一致。如果希望使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，请首先激活：ref:`开发者模式`，然后转到：菜单选择：`设置-->技术-->数据库结-->小数精度，选择*乘积度量单位*并相应地编辑*位*。例如，如果要使用0.00001的舍入精度，请将*位*设置为5。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "接下来，创建第二个度量单位，命名它，并选择与参考单位相同的度量单位类别。作为*类型*，根据您的情况选择*小于*或*大于参考测量单位*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "由于卷帘等于100平方米，因此应选择“较小”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "接下来，您需要输入参考单位和第二个单位之间的*比率*。如果第二个单位较小，则*比值*应大于1。如果第二个单位较大，则比值应小于1。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "对于卷帘，比率应设置为100。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "您现在可以像使用Odoo的标准测量单位一样配置您的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 msgid "Quality" msgstr "质量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " "processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " "inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3 msgid "Instructions quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types" " that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows" " the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:12 msgid "" "For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:17 msgid "Process an Instructions quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:19 msgid "" "There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed." " If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or " "work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a" " check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:24 msgid "Process from the quality check's page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:26 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:30 msgid "" "If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the" " quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:34 msgid "Process quality check on an order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:36 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for" " which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:43 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button " "to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality " "checks created for the order can be processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:51 msgid "" "To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions " "detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:55 msgid "" "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may" " need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the " "manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:59 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page." " For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:64 msgid "Process work order quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:66 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a " "specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order " "Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an " "*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather" " than the |MO| as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:71 msgid "" "Quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed from the " "*Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which an *Instructions* " "quality check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on " "the line of the work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work" " Orders` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open" " the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84 msgid "" "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Instructions* quality " "check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that " "details how to complete the quality check. Once completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Next` button to complete the check, and move on to the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "An Instruction check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, an *Instructions* quality check can be completed by clicking " "the checkbox that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work " "order card. When using this method, the quality check automatically passes, " "without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:97 msgid "" "For a full guide to the *Shop Floor* module, see the :ref:`Shop Floor " "overview ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3 msgid "Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that " "can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point " "(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a " "product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, " "the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* " "value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A " "single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be " "configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:21 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:27 msgid "Quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point (QCP)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`," " and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: " ":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:53 msgid "" "Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the " "ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-" "entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:56 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` " "and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum " "acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum " "acceptable measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:55 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:62 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "measurement should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:70 msgid "Process a Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:64 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be " "processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:72 msgid "From the check's page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:79 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to take the measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:83 msgid "" "After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click " ":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:87 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* " "and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the" " top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the " "check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*," " or *Failed* if the value is outside of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:88 msgid "On an order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:95 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing " "order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:97 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the " "button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all " "of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:106 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, " "then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:114 msgid "" "If the value entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the" " pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can " "then be processed as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:118 msgid "" "However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-" "up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the " "pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units " "and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions " "entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the " "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:128 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`" " pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:195 msgid "" "If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` " "instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were " "listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:100 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:142 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the " "documentation on :doc:`quality alerts " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:121 msgid "On a work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:148 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality " "check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing" " order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:153 msgid "" "*Measure* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed " "from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Measure* quality " "check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the " "work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up " "window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:138 msgid "" "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to " "the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, " "and isolates the work order's card, so no other cards are shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:167 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the *Measure* quality check step is " "reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes " "instructions for how the measurement should be taken. After taking the " "measurement, enter it in the :guilabel:`Measure` field of the pop-up window," " and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A Measure check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:176 msgid "" "If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes, and " "the pop-up window moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if " "the measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-up " "window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:181 msgid "" "The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a " "message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should be " "between # units and # units`, as well as the instructions entered in the " ":guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-up" " window, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "The Quality Check Failed pop-up window for a Measure check in the Shop Floor" " module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:190 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled " ":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measure in the " ":guilabel:`Measure` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete " "the check and close the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:158 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, exit the pop-up window by clicking the " ":guilabel:`X (close)` button in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on the bottom-" "right corner of the work order card to open the :guilabel:`What do you want " "to do?` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:164 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window, select the " ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` button. Doing so opens a blank quality " "alert form in a new :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:169 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :doc:`quality alerts " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3 msgid "Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types " "that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the " "creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:21 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` " "quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria " "that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:45 msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically," " begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to " "complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check " "to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail " "quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:62 msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:71 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:75 msgid "" "If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at " "the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:81 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing" " order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:88 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:92 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on " "the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check " "is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If " "the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:105 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:111 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:116 msgid "" "*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be " "completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Pass - Fail* quality " "check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:130 msgid "" "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Pass - Fail* quality " "check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that " "details the criteria for whether the check passes or fails. Click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the pop-up window if the check " "passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if it fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:135 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Pass` button is clicked, the pop-up window moves to the " "next step for the work order. If the :guilabel:`Fail` button is clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window appears, detailing what " "should be done next." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:144 msgid "" "Alternatively, instead of clicking on the step to open the pop-up window, a " "*Pass - Fail* quality check can be completed by clicking the checkbox that " "appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. When " "using this method, the quality check passes automatically, without a pop-up " "window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check " "types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality " "control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be " "attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:16 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:20 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture` quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Take a Picture* quality checks " "automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:51 msgid "" "If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears " "after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a" " device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information " "about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on " ":ref:`adding new equipment " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture " "quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:65 msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:67 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks " "can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:74 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:78 msgid "" "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to" " process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open " "the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, " "select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:90 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), " "for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:101 msgid "" "Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown " "on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:105 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`" " section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to" " the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to" " complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:114 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality " "alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality " "alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:123 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:128 msgid "" "*Take a Picture* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be " "completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Take a Picture*" " quality check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:142 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the *Take a Picture* quality check step" " is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes " "instructions for how the picture should be taken. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button on the pop-up window to " "open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the " "picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:151 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the bottom of the pop-up window to " "complete the quality check. The pop-up window then moves on to the next step" " of the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:173 msgid "Review picture attached to quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:175 msgid "" "After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by " "quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select " "a quality check to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:179 msgid "" "The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the " "quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` " "button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check " "fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 msgid "Quality control basics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:8 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Quality* app, *quality alerts* are used to notify quality teams" " of product defects or other issues. Quality alerts can be created from a " "manufacturing or inventory order, from a work order in the *Shop Floor* " "module, or directly within the *Quality* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13 msgid "Create quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:15 msgid "There are multiple ways to create a new quality alert:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:17 msgid "" "**From the Quality app itself**, by to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Quality Alerts`, and then click :guilabel:`New` to open a " "quality alert form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing " "Orders`, and then select an |MO|. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button" " at the top of the |MO| to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24 msgid "" "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the " "|MO|. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear otherwise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 msgid "" "Open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` " "button on an inventory order type card (Receipts, Delivery Orders, etc.), " "and then select an order. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button at the " "top of the order to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "" "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the " "inventory order. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear " "otherwise. If the button does not appear, a quality alert can also be " "created by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the page " "and selecting the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` option from the resulting menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38 msgid "" "Open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module, and then select a work center " "from the navigation bar at the top of the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮" " (three vertical dots)` button at the bottom-right of a work order card to " "open the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` menu. Select the " ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` option from this menu to open a quality " "alert in a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45 msgid "" "Depending on how a new quality alert form is opened, certain fields on the " "form may already be filled in. For example, if a quality alert is created " "from a work order card in the *Shop Floor* module, the :guilabel:`Product` " "and :guilabel:`Work Center` are pre-filled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:50 msgid "Quality alerts form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:52 msgid "" "After opening a new quality alert form, begin by giving it a short " ":guilabel:`Title` that summarizes the issue with the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:55 msgid "Then, if the quality alert is referencing:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:57 msgid "" "**A specific product or product variant**, select it from the " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Variant` drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:59 msgid "" "**A specific work center**, select it from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:60 msgid "" "**A specific picking order**, select it from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:62 msgid "" "Next in the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is " "responsible for managing the quality alert. If a specific employee should be" " responsible for the quality alert, select them from the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, select any tags relevant to the quality alert" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Root Cause` field to select the cause of the quality " "issue, if known." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "" "Lastly, choose a :guilabel:`Priority` level by selecting a :guilabel:`⭐ " "(star)` number between one and three. Quality alerts with higher priorities " "appear at the top of the :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` Kanban board in the " "*Quality* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:75 msgid "" "At the bottom of the quality alert form are four tabs which aid in adding " "supplemental information or actions to be taken for the quality alert. They " "can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:78 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Description` tab, enter a description of the quality " "issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab to detail the steps that should " "be taken to fix the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:81 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab to detail what should be done to " "prevent the issue from occurring in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:83 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, select the :guilabel:`Vendor` of the " "product. If using an Odoo database which manages multiple companies, select " "the relevant company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. Finally, specify when" " the alert was assigned to a quality team in the :guilabel:`Date Assigned` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "A quality alert form that has been filled out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:93 msgid "Manage quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:95 msgid "" "To view all existing quality alerts, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality -->" " Quality Control --> Quality Alerts`. By default, alerts are displayed in a " "Kanban board view, which organizes them into different stages based on where" " they are in the review process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:99 msgid "" "To move an alert to a different stage, simply drag and drop it on the " "desired stage. Alternatively, select a quality alert to open it, and then " "click the desired stage above the top-right corner of the quality alert " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:103 msgid "" "To create a new alert within a specific stage, click the :guilabel:`+ " "(plus)` button to the right of the stage name. In the new alert card that " "appears below the stage title, enter the :guilabel:`Title` of the alert, and" " then click :guilabel:`Add`. To configure the rest of the alert, select the " "alert card to open its form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Alerts page, displaying alerts in a Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 msgid "Quality checks" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:9 msgid "" "Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " "to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" " for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " "operation or manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:13 msgid "" "Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" " automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " "|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" " processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " "explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" " :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:19 msgid "" "While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " "is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" " manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " "will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " "unprompted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 msgid "Manual quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:27 msgid "" "To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " "from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" " order) and all products within it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " "part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " "is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " "delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" " a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " "for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:40 msgid "" "Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " "menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" "down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " "the quality check is being conducted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:44 msgid "" "If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " "the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " "check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" " to a specific |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " "the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " "before the check can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " "certain criteria to pass the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " "appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " "completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:57 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" "down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " "filled out to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:60 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " "for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " "that owns the product being inspected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:63 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " "picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" " relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " "created, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:68 msgid "" "Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " "or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 msgid "Process quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:78 msgid "" "Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " "from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " "Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " "operation, the check is processed in the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:83 msgid "" "It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " "assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " "operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " ":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " "quality checks for a specific work order operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 msgid "Quality check page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:92 msgid "" "To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" " the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " "check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" " tab at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:97 msgid "" "If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" " the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 msgid "Quality check on order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:103 msgid "" "To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " "order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " "Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:109 msgid "" "On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:113 msgid "" "Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " "window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " "clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " "window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " "appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 msgid "Quality check on work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:125 msgid "" "To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a quality check is " "required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:135 msgid "" "For a full guide to the Shop Floor module, see the :doc:`Shop Floor overview" " <../../manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:142 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the quality check step is reached. " "Click on the step to open a pop-up window that details how the check should " "be completed. After following the instructions, click :guilabel:`Validate` " "to complete the check. Alternatively, if a *Pass - Fail* check is being " "processed, click either the :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:147 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete a quality check by clicking the checkbox on " "the right side of the step. Doing so automatically marks the check as " "*Passed*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:151 msgid "" "The specific steps for processing a quality check depend upon the type of " "check being conducted. For information about processing each type of quality" " check, see the associated documentation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/instructions_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/pass_fail_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/measure_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/picture_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create " ":doc:`quality checks ` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| " "can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations " "(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" "Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly " "inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that " "makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| " "should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, " "select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should " "trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be " "created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" "When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and " ":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left " "blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the " "specified operation(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled " ":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work " "order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the " "manufacturing operation in general." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47 msgid "" "For example, a |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the " "`Assembly` work order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is " "confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check " "specifically for the `Assembly` operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, " "as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: one check is requested for each *unique* product " "included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for " "one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* " "products are included in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: a check is requested for a certain percentage of items" " within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the " ":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical " "value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " "checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of " "the |QCP| are met." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Randomly`: a quality check is randomly requested for a certain " "percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% " "of Transfers` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Periodically`: a quality check is requested once every set period" " of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field " "below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " ":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should" " be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|" " depends upon the type of quality check selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to " "complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be " "uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to " "confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the " "manufacturing operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet " "for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the " "product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to " "pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be " "filled out by the employee processing the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91 msgid "" "An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93 msgid "" "When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a" " |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* " "check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, " "like receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97 msgid "" "However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control " "purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible " "for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific " "quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the " "location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality " "checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is " "included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the" " page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter " "instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step " "Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, " "either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's " "file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " "document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to " "do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing" " the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about " "the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this " "tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by " "the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr ""